Greenwood & Southside Challenger

Franklin Challenger

Herald News - Cayuga

Whiteland Times

 

Home
Advertising Rates
Things That Trouble Me
Things That Trouble Me - Past Columns
Public Notices
Around the Town Online!

Greenwood Front Page
Franklin front Page
Whiteland Front Page
Photo Gallery
Local Ads
Church Directory
Greenwood & Southside Challenger Subscription
Franklin Challenger Subscription
Whiteland Times Subscription
Herald News Subscription

                

Things That Trouble Me

by Doug Chambers

Publisher/Editor

********************************************************************************************************

Thank Goodness, It Is Almost Over
10/31/2012
            Thank goodness it is almost over.  That would be the election.  I am receiving in the neighborhood of eight hundred emails every day and well over seven hundred are about political campaigns.  The majority of them contain a vast amount of lies and out of context bull. 
            In addition to the emails, I do not think that there are any commercials on television or radio for anything but politicians.  No longer do we hear the commercials for soap or hotels.com or cars.  It is all about the politicians and the majority of those are slamming their opponents instead of telling us what we need to know about the candidate themselves in order to make an informed decision.
            The worst of the political season is all of the negative advertising.  This is usually the case in any election but this election season seems to be extremely negative. One can only hope that the next election does not continue to get worse. 
            As we approach Election Day next week, here are a few observations that I have noticed in the campaigning for this election.  I have noticed that President Obama is not nearly as slick a con man without a teleprompter in front of him.  I have also noticed that he wants to vote for him so he can take our money and give it to those who choose not to work for a living while blasting Mitt Romney for making his own money.  I can’t figure why I should be more concerned about a multi-millionaire who made lots of money than about a man who wants to spend MY money foolishly.
            I have noticed that no matter how hard the questions during a political campaign, that Joe Biden thinks he has the ability to laugh his way out of any question instead of providing an answer.
            I have noticed that during a speech given by Mike Pence for Indiana State Governor, in the middle of a sentence he uttered the word “Tea Party” and that was taken out of context and used in numerous advertising to infer that he was a Tea Party member.  First of all, I would think that one would be proud of that but apparently John Gregg does not.  The word could have been used by Pence saying that he opposes the Tea Party but one can never know because of the way it was pulled and used in such a way as to infer something bad.
            I have been a little perplexed and very proud of the campaign that Mike Pence has run and the absolute and complete absence of any negative advertising against John Gregg while Gregg continually blasts Pence because he is a conservative that wants to get our country back on the right track and stop all the wasteful spending that is ruining our country.
            I had a couple of lengthy conversations with Joe Donnelly and was disturbed by what I heard.  After seeing all of the television ads proclaiming that he had broken with the Obama administration and voted with Republicans, I have decided that using that lying to the voters in order to get elected is the utmost reason to vote for the other guy, in this case Richard Murdock.  In addition, Richard Murdock NEVER said that God wanted women to be raped.  What he said was that if women was raped and became pregnant as a result, then the child was still a child of God.  Sorry Joe, but Murdock is right on this one.  He probably could have said it in a better, more compassionate way, but the gist of it is that what he said is true and his words should not be twisted around like they have been. 
In addition to that, we asked Joe why he refused to go on radio shows and answer questions and defend his positions on the issues; he repeatedly refused, especially for show such as the Peter Heck Show and the Greg Garrison show.  Both of these shows have asked him to be on many times and always received a refusal.  When we asked Joe about this, his reply was that these shows wanted to ask him questions he did not want to answer and therefore he chose not to give them the chance to make him look bad.  Hello, Joe, that is what a political candidate is supposed to do.  Yes they are hard questions but how are you supposed to convert the folks on the other side if you will not go on their program and defend your position.  This refusal makes you look like a coward and also looks like you are hiding something.  For that reason, you lost my vote.
John Gregg did his share of negative advertising while also providing us with some hokey fun commercials and became the only Democrat running for office to tell us some of his ideas and his position on the issues on how he would move our state forward if he were elected.  I applaud him for that but still would ask for a clean campaign with NO negative advertising.
With all that advertising going on, we decided to sift through the wasteland and look at the records of the candidates and decide from that how to vote.  Our recommendations and endorsements are as follows:  Obviously we endorse Mitt Romney for President of the United States of America.  We do this because we feel that if Barrack Obama is re-elected, it will be the beginning of the end of our great country and only Mitt Romney can save us.
            We endorse Mike Pence for Governor because we feel that he is the most qualified to protect our conservative values without raising our taxes and to toe the line on the social issues such as protecting marriage.  While John Gregg is a really nice guy, he has still proclaimed his support for the homosexual activists that seek to destroy traditional marriage and I cannot endorse anyone who would allow that to happen.
            We endorse Richard Murdock as the candidate to replace Senator Lugar because he is a strong conservative with nothing to hide and is not afraid to stand up and defend his position on any issue.  Joe Donnelly on the other hand has refused to do so on several radio programs and for that he we cannot recommend him.
            These are our recommendations and endorsements but the ultimate endorsement is made on November 6th by the voters.  We would like to remind you that it is YOUR RIGHT and YOUR DUTY to get out and vote on Election Day so be sure that you do.  If you do not vote, you have no right to complain about what happens so get out there and do it.  See you at the polls!
            Remember on November 6th.  Vote!  I DO!!!
            Doug Chambers is the Publisher of Greenwood Newspapers, Inc. which currently publishes four newspapers across central Indiana.  His column Things That Trouble Me is currently syndicated in newspapers throughout the Midwest. You may reach Doug at news@indychallenger.com.   You can follow “Things That Trouble Me” as well as all Challenger Newspapers on Facebook.
© 2012, Greenwood Newspapers, Inc.
www.challengernewspapers.com

********************************************************************************************************

Truth In Advertising
10/24/2012
            As we are all being bombarded by political advertising in the weeks before any election, I wonder what happened to the old “truth in advertising” deal.  It seems today that anyone can run a political that says anything about another person, even if it is not true.
            On the national level, we see the Obama campaign telling us that Romney said he would only represent fifty-three percent of the people if he was elected.  While it is true that Romney said that only fifty-three percent of the people paid taxes, he never said he would not represent the other forty-seven percent if he was elected.
            In a television commercial released the day after the second Presidential debate, in response to a question regarding equal pay for women, Obama stated that Romney did not care about women and that women was against women having contraceptives.  He went on to state that Romney was against women because he would not support giving federal funds to Planned Parenthood.  I am not sure what either of these items had to do with equal pay for women but the truth is that Romney actually stated that he believed that every woman had the absolute right to contraceptives but did not agree that the government should violate the religious freedom of religious organizations that would not pay for them because it was against their religious beliefs.  In short, Romney believes that women should be able to get them but not expect a church to pay for them.  Seems reasonable to me.  As far as the Planned Parenthood issue, what Romney actually said was that he did not agree with the government paying for abortions.  He was not against Planned Parenthood getting federal funds if they would get out of the abortion business.  At present time, it is illegal for federal funds to be used for abortions so it would follow that Romney is correct that Planned Parenthood should not receive federal funds for this.  Again, not sure what either of these had to do with equal pay for women but that is where President Obama took the question.
            In another television commercial, President Obama states that Mitt Romney and Paul Ryan will do away with Medicare as soon as they are elected and leave our senior citizens stranded with no insurance.  This is simply a straight out lie that is used in every election.  The truth is that Mitt Romney has said that part of his plan for the economic recovery is to change the way that Medicare operates.  These changes would affect NO ONE currently on Medicare or ANY ONE that will become of age to get Medicare within the next ten years.  Those not in that category would have the OPTION of getting the standard Medicare or using a voucher for the cost of Medicare to purchase their own insurance policy if they CHOOSE to do so.
            In early October, the Obama campaign released a television commercial that focused on the fact that Mitt Romney was against small business and would only represent large corporations.  While I believe that this is not bad it is still untrue.  If you go out and talk to small business owners, they will tell you that in the last four years under the Obama administration it has gotten really tough to survive.  The newly added government regulations and the oncoming effect of the Affordable Care Act (Obama Care) have had a chilling effect on small business.  I am one of those small business owners and I meet with all kind of small business owner’s every day and I can tell you that I have yet to meet one that would vote for President Obama because of what he has done to small business.  On the other hand, Romney started with a small business in his garage and built it into one of the largest corporations in the country.  But he built this large corporation by starting many small businesses and supporting them to make sure they became successful.
            On a more local level here in Indiana, I have watched John Gregg do very little campaigning other that telling us that Mike Pence is not qualified to be Governor.  Being speaker of the house versus being a United States Representative, I am not sure if that makes one more qualified than the other.  I do know that I have been very impressed with the Mike Pence campaign and there lack of attack advertising.  I have not to this point seen any negative advertising against John Gregg. Perhaps Mr. Gregg could learn from this example. 
            The worst example of a campaign commercial, however, is promoted by a union backed group called Believe in Indiana which takes very abbreviated snippets of a Mike Pence speech completely out of context and ties them together to make it sound as though Pence is saying something he is not.  The words they pulled out of the speech are “I’m Mike Pence’ followed by “I’m from Indiana” followed by “Tea Party” in an attempt to tie him to the Tea Party and associate him with Richard Mourdock.  This is a classic example of creating a lie by illicit editing and falsifying what was said.
            By far, here in Indiana, the worst of the attack ads have been tossed around by Senatorial candidate Joe Donnelly with his opponent coming not far behind.  In recent ads, the Mourdock campaign has pointed out that Joe Donnelly was late in paying his property taxes on his home.  In my opinion, this has nothing to do with the qualifications to become a United States Senator.  But the worst was the Donnelly campaign’s answer to this ad which said that Mourdock was telling a lie that Donnelly did not pay his taxes.  This was an outright lie as the commercial said that Donnelly was LATE in paying his taxes, not that he never paid them.  Come on guys, we need to get back to the days when candidates campaigned for office based on their qualifications and what they would do if elected and get rid of the negative campaigning.  It is no wonder that our elected officials cannot get anything done when they get elected.  After these negative campaigns that attempt to destroy each other, who would ever want to work with these people.
            It is election time and now is the time to change the direction of our country.  Let’s all do our research and vote for the candidates that we feel will guide our country in the right direction.  Forget their party and forget what the other guy said as to why you shouldn’t vote for him or her.  Do your own research and vote based on that.  Let’s get our country back on track and restore the moral and ethical foundation that our country was built on.  We do this by voting for the right people.
Remember in November!  VOTE!!
            Doug Chambers is the Publisher of Greenwood Newspapers, Inc. which currently publishes four newspapers across central Indiana.  His column Things That Trouble Me is currently syndicated in newspapers throughout the Midwest. You may reach Doug at news@indychallenger.com.   You can follow “Things That Trouble Me” as well as all Challenger Newspapers on Facebook.
© 2012, Greenwood Newspapers, Inc.
www.challengernewspapers.com

********************************************************************************************************

Where Is Oprah?
10/17/2012
            What happened to Oprah? Where did she go?  We haven’t seen or heard from her in a long time.  I am still waiting for her to open her big mouth and shout something so she can stuff her big foot in that big mouth once more.
            President Obama keeps saying that we are better off than we were four years ago.  I personally do not find that to be true.  I and my family are not nearly as well off as we were four years ago.  President Obama keeps shouting that we should vote to give him another four years because we are better off that we were four years ago.  Me voting for him, not gonna happen.
            At the same time that President Obama keeps shouting to the masses to vote for him because we are better off that we were four years ago, he turns his head the other way and shouts to the non-followers that the reason we are not better off today than we were four years is the evil George bush’s fault.  I would ask, what did George Bush do?  The economy was fine until the democrats took over the house and congress in 2006.  That is when the trouble started and none of it had to do with then President Bush.  It had to do with the policies of the Congress and the House of Representatives.
            But back to the main question, where is Oprah?  Four years ago she was out on the podiums shouting that we should all come together and vote for the black candidate (her words, not mine) because this country was ready for a black President (her words, not mine).  She was shouting about how we should elect Barrack Obama because he would be a great leader of this country.  I think she forgot what country she was in.
            Also four years ago Oprah was on syndicated national network television interviewing all sorts of famous people.  Now, here it is, four years later and Oprah is no longer on syndicated National network television and has been relegated to the vast wasteland of cable television.  Would you say that Oprah is better off today than she was four years ago?  Absolutely not.  In fact, I believe that Oprah may have had the hardest and longest fall of anybody. 
From national stardom to a virtual waste heap of nothing land you hardly see or hear about Oprah anymore.  Could that be because she stood on her national podium and declared that we must vote for barrack Obama and then when he was elected to office she proclaimed that she got him elected?  And now that the rest of us have to deal with a Muslim President that apologizes to the world for America being great and trying to constantly destroy the country that we live in, could it be that Oprah has lost her appeal to those who worshipped her?  Could it be that the masses of followers are dropping like flies onto flypaper because they realize that they were deceived into electing a socialist President based solely on the word of Oprah?  Could it be that is going down simply because she decided to jump into politics and declare that she knew better than the rest of us who should be President and now the rest of the country is starting that she was nothing but a big mouth woman who can’t be trusted.
Is Oprah better off today than she was four years ago?  I think not.  And I do not believe that the rest of us are better today than we were four years ago either.  The price of gasoline has risen by more than two hundred percent.  The price of housing is up by eighty-seven percent.  Bankruptcy filings are up by one hundred twenty five percent and the unemployment rate is still three percent higher than when the President took office.  The President wants to solve these problems by taking more money from those who work in this country and giving it to those who have decided to vote for a living (that means they refuse to work so we can support them).
            It is time to change the tide in this country.  I just ordered one of the bumper stickers that says “I am not a republican, I am not a democrat, I am an American and I want my country back”  That is the feeling I have.  It does not matter if you are a republican or a democrat, the most important issue in this election is taking back our country from the socialist and getting back to the American dream. 
            We do that by making sure that the Socialist, Muslim non-natural born citizen President Obama is defeated in this election.  We do that by making sure that the senate and the house of Representatives are controlled by fellow Americans who want to take back our country and are willing to stand up and do what we elect them for.  It is time to throw anyone who backs the socialists principles of President Obama and the American Civil Liberties Union, and the Gay,Lesbian, Bi-Sexual and Transgender Union and the AARP out of office and tell them that we are done with politicians who take office and decide to only represent a portion of the American citizenry.  And we leave this as a warning to thos who are new in office that if they do not represent ALL citizens equally, then we will throw them out of office as well.
            The change has to start now and it only starts with you and I.  It starts at the ballot box.  You have a right and a duty to vote so make sure that you get out and vote on November 6th in this election.
            Remember in November!  VOTE!!
            Doug Chambers is the Publisher of Greenwood Newspapers, Inc. which currently publishes four newspapers across central Indiana.  His column Things That Trouble Me is currently syndicated in newspapers throughout the Midwest. You may reach Doug at news@indychallenger.com.   You can follow “Things That Trouble Me” as well as all Challenger Newspapers on Facebook.
© 2012, Greenwood Newspapers, Inc.
www.challengernewspapers.com

********************************************************************************************************

The Debate
10/10/2012
            I watched the debate last week between Republican Presidential Candidate Mitt Romney and Democratic Presidential Candidate and Incumbent Barrack Obama.  To put it mildly, I was shocked.  I could not believe that Mitt Romney came out swinging and beat the snot out of Barrack Obama.  It was a knockout almost from the opening bell.
            I noticed that Romney continually made eye contact with Obama and Jim Lehrer and held his head high and continually refused to be bullied by Obama who repeatedly tried to claim that Romney said or did something.  If the item was false, then Romney jumped right on it and refused to accept being called a liar.
            I also noticed that President Obama kept a look on his face that made him appear in great need of a bathroom break.  I never once saw him look up at Mitt Romney and make eye contact but for the most part he kept his head lowered as though he were embarrassed.        
            Embarrassed he should be as he took a great whooping from Romney on some key issues in this campaign.  The Incumbent President seemed lost when Romney brought up the fact that he has been in office for nearly four years now and the unemployment rate is still higher that when he took office.  Without a teleprompter to speak his words for him, the President was at a loss for words on how to explain that and kept rambling about the situation he inherited.  Many times, Romney pointed out that he may have inherited the situation but also has done nothing to reverse it.
            Romney pointed out that there are millions more people on welfare and food stamps than there were when Obama took office four years ago and Obama has done nothing to help these people get back on their feet.  Romney also pointed out that a possible reason for this is that as long as these people are on welfare and food stamps they are likely to vote for Obama because he represents the hand that feeds them while not understanding that he is also the reason that they are in this position.
            When Barrack Obama tried to say that Mitt Romney was not the real Romney that has been out there campaigning for the last eighteen months, Romney was quick to point out that the President continually tried to divert attention away from the fact that the President had no answers for the issue questions that were being asked.
            At one point, The President tried to call Romney on the fact that while Romney has stated over and over that he would repeal Obama Care, he has not provided any plan for something to replace it, and Romney immediately began to point out the line by line details of what he would replace the affordable care act with.  These points included some like items that he said were essential to Healthcare like the preexisting condition and leaving kids on parent’s policies while they are in college.
            The part that hurt the President the most was the fact that it took twenty-three minutes into the debate before he told any story and then it was about how his grandmother raised him.  This made him look so shallow and pointed out that he had no idea how to care about people or how to govern them.  Romney seemed to be genuinely concerned about the people who were unemployed and the middle class who provide most of the tax income that support government programs.  Romney seemed to care about finding a balanced way to provide resources for these people and getting them back to work and making them productive members of society once again.  Obama on the other hand only seemed concerned with raising taxes and taking money to give to the unemployed.  My opinion is that if you asked the majority of those whe are unemployed, they would much rather get back to work and provide for themselves and their families than to sitting on their butts all day taking a handout from the government.  For most of us, this would be an extreme blow to our ego’s and our self-confidence.
            When the issue of the bailout of Wall Street and the banks was introduced, Romney made the point that we need regulation for both but we need to get the government out of all of these industries.  President Obama then tried to say that Romney was for doing away with any regulations over Wall Street or the banks to which Romney strongly pointed out that what he had said was that the government needed to get out of the business of buying and controlling banks and do away with some of the regulations.  He explained that we have regulations on the banks at this time which allow the banks to do things to consumers that totally trash the economy and those are examples of regulations that we need to get rid of.  On the other hand, Romney stated that he has been in business for years and he understands that all business needs regulation but that they need regulation that is understandable and productive for the economy and the consumers.
            After the debate was over when the cameras were on and showing the families coming to congratulate the candidates on their performance, I noticed that Ann Romney and their children came up with big smiles on their faces while Michelle Obama joined the President on the stage without a big sour look on her face and greeted the President with a lackluster hug and a face that looked as though it had aged enough to be the grandmother the President had spoken of earlier in the debate. 
            Hopefully this aging and lackluster and the fact that the President had so much trouble making eye contact with everyone means that the Obama’s are starting to read the proverbial writing on the wall that Obama is going to be a one term President just like his mentor Jimmy Carter.
            Let’s all make sure that they see this become a reality on November sixth by getting out and voting.  It is your right. It is your duty. Get out and do it!
            Remember in November. Vote!
            Doug Chambers is the Publisher of Greenwood Newspapers, Inc. which currently publishes four newspapers across central Indiana.  His column Things That Trouble Me is currently syndicated in newspapers throughout the Midwest. You may reach Doug at news@indychallenger.com.   You can follow “Things That Trouble Me” as well as all Challenger Newspapers on Facebook.
© 2012, Greenwood Newspapers, Inc.
www.challengernewspapers.com

********************************************************************************************************

Election Time Is Coming Soon
10/03/2012
            It is only thirty-three days until Election Day and many are still trying to decide on whom to vote for.  Maybe I can enlighten you with some tidbits of information about some of the upcoming elections.
            First of all, in the Presidential race, the decision that needs to be made is not really for the person to elect but which course that you would want to see America follow over the next four years.  We can vote for a leader who has no clue how to lead, (President Obama) and will continue to violate the Constitution and become a dictator through the use of Executive Orders instead of presenting laws to Congress to pass or reject as he is supposed to.  We can re-elect the President to continue to trot around the world in luxury while telling us that times are tough and we need to tighten our belts and at the same time tell us to work harder and make more money so he can take it from those of us who produce and give it to those who stand there with their hand out,
            We can re-elect a President who will gladly celebrate any type of holiday that  is related to the Muslim religion including a Muslim National Day of Prayer while outlawing any type of Christian gathering and doing away with the Christian National Day of Prayer.  In this country that was founded on religious freedom I am not sure why we cannot have a National Day of Prayer for both religions, but then I guess that is because we have a Muslim in the White House.
            We can re-elect a President that jumps at the chance to promote terrorism against America by apologizing to terrorists for the fact that we have freedom of speech here in America and propose that we limit our free speech in tolerance of the murderous radical terrorists that kill innocent people in the name of their god.  That sounds like the perfect candidate for a President of America.
            On the other hand, you could elect a Mormon for President, who in my book is much better than a radical Muslim, who does not go around trying to press his religious beliefs onto other people. We could elect a man who has started and built many businesses successfully and created millions of jobs unlike our current President.  We could elect a man like Mitt Romney that has built these businesses and done more for the economy that our current President or the entire Congress combined.  We could elect a President that will be tough on terrorists instead of Americans and show them what will happen if they attack Americans again.
            We could elect Romney to have a President that may be worth millions but who has learned to live frugally and learned to save money and invest wisely instead of raising his debt ceiling until he was forced into bankruptcy.  It would make a lot of sense to elect a President with these qualities.
            I guess that this boils down to whether you are a hard working American that works to make a living to support your family or whether you are a person that votes for a living and then stands there with your hand out expecting the government (taxpayers) to support you even though you refuse to contribute to society.
            On a more local level, In Indiana, we are watching a race for Governor that is likely leaving voters thoroughly confused.  I have seen very little advertising by Mike Pence running for Governor and I get the feeling that most voters are getting their picture of the type of elected official that Pence is from the constant droning negative advertising from John Gregg.  While I have met both men and feel that both have their own ideas of how to run the state of Indiana, I abhor the negative advertising and applaud Pence for avoiding it and sincerely request Gregg to stop using it right now. 
            Most voters have no idea what John Gregg would do if he were to somehow pull the miracle out of the bag to be elected Governor, and that would be a miracle after seeing the latest polls that show that Gregg doesn’t stand a chance because he is so far behind that it is not even a race anymore.  John Gregg, pay attention, I truly believe that you are losing this race because all your advertising is a slam to your opponent instead of telling the voters what you would do if you were elected.  We, as voters, are tired of the constant negative advertising and we want to know what YOU have to offer if elected.  My advice, stop all the negative ads immediately and get your boys back up on the awning and your mom back under the hair dryer and tell us and your mother how you would make a terrific Governor because (fill in the blank).
            As for the race for United States Senator to replace Dick Lugar in Washington DC, that is a much tighter race.  I think that the Tea Party tag on Richard Mourdock is probably a good thing as it marks him as a true conservative that is willing to go to Washington and fight for the Constitution and the rights and freedoms of Americans.  On the other hand, Joe Donnelly, although a staunch supporter of President Obama and the abominable Obama Care, has a much better personality.  The problem is that he is a staunch supporter of President Obama and the abominable Obama Care and has a much better personality, but we should not be electing a personality but someone who is willing to go to Washington and stand up and fight for what is right for America.  Joe Donnelly has refused to appear on many radio shows that are considered conservative and want to give equal time to both candidates.  Joe Donnelly has refused to appear on these shows because they do not have his views and he is afraid that he will have to defend himself.  If he is afraid to do that, then how can we expect him to stand up and fight for us?
            And Joe, another word of advice that you might want to consider when making your commercials.  Don’t talk about having common sense while talking down the center of the roadway.  It makes you appear to not have that common sense that you were talking about
            November sixth is only thirty-three days away.  Voting is essential and is not only your right but your duty.  Make sure that you get out and do your duty.  The future of our country depends on it.
            Remember in November!! VOTE!
            Doug Chambers is the Publisher of Greenwood Newspapers, Inc. which currently publishes four newspapers across central Indiana.  His column Things That Trouble Me is currently syndicated in newspapers throughout the Midwest. You may reach Doug at news@indychallenger.com.   You can follow “Things That Trouble Me” as well as all Challenger Newspapers on Facebook.
© 2012, Greenwood Newspapers, Inc.
www.challengernewspapers.com

********************************************************************************************************

No More Chicken
9/26/2012
            Apparently, the attack on the United States Embassies throughout the Middle East has thrown the Muslim world into complete turmoil.  While the Muslim radical terrorists are using a crudely made anti Islam video as an excuse for the terrorist activity, the backlash is something that they never expected.
            The video behind all of this was made in America (one of the few American made products left) and President Obama and Hillary Clinton are falling all over themselves to see who can apologize to the most Muslim leaders for this video being made in America under our freedom of speech laws.  There was even talk of doing away with freedom of speech in order to stop these kinds of videos from being made.
            Everyone seems to be forgetting that while this video was made in America, it was produced by a Muslim from the Middle East who works for a Middle Eastern company.  Is there anywhere in there that it sounds like a setup to produce terrorist activity against American targets? 
            So, they made this video with their people in their company but in OUR country and that gives them the okay to launch terrorist attacks on Americans. Now that makes sense!
            In the process of launching their terrorist’s attacks, along with the American Embassies that were destroyed, the Muslim terrorists also destroyed a Hardee’s restaurant, a Krispy Kreme restaurant and a Kentucky Fried Chicken restaurant. While it is believed that these restaurants were hit and destroyed by accident, the Kentucky Fried Chicken International chain has announced that it is closing all sixty of its stores in Pakistan in order to protect its employees and their families.
            The Muslim community has cried foul and wants the chicken franchise to re-open the stores.  They want the employees and the management to quit being chicken and go back to work so the Muslims and the terrorists still have a place to get their fried chicken. 
            Personally, I think that this is a marvelous way to end all terrorist activity in the world today.  Each time the Muslim radical terrorists decide to attack any type of American target, the United States fights back by taking away another one of their American restaurant.  I mean if these terrorists hate America as much as they claim, then they should not be eating American food anyway.
            In a related move, the Hardees International division is monitoring the movement of terrorists in the region before deciding to whether or not to close nearly two hundred restaurants in the region.  This would be another big blow to the terrorists as well.  I say we should keep hitting them where it hurts.  That would be in the belly.  If all American restaurants would close in the Middle East, then what would the terrorists eat?  Most of them would probably die of starvation due to not being able to eat the food of the evil America.  This would eliminate the terrorists without ever having to fire a shot or send in a SEAL team. 
            Another byproduct of eliminating the terrorists in this manner is that President Obama would be able to travel to all of the Middle Eastern countries in order to apologize to the Muslim countries for the American food killing off their terrorists.  This would keep him and Hillary Clinton traveling the Middle East for a couple of months and keep them out of this country and off the campaign trail. 
            Of course, we could solve this problem on a permanent basis by just going to the polls in November and throwing President Obama out of office along with his administration and Harry Reid.  Then our next President could stand up and tell the terrorists that we will take no more.  Every time there is a terrorist attack, America will return the favor times ten.  This would only have to happen once before the terrorists realized that we were serious and would stop these attacks.
            Hey! Here’s a thought.  Why don’t we try that?  Let’s all go to the voting booth on November 6th and throw President Obama, his administration, and no budget in three years Harry Reid out on the street and give Mitt Romney a chance.  I believe that he will do a much better job with the economy and I know that he will not run around the world apologizing for America being a great country.  And if he doesn’t do what he promises, then in four years we will be right back in those voting booths to throw him out of office.
            What have we got to lose?  The current President has failed at his job and not kept his promises and admits that fact so why not move on and give the next President a chance.  Let’s do it!
Remember in November!! VOTE!
            Doug Chambers is the Publisher of Greenwood Newspapers, Inc. which currently publishes four newspapers across central Indiana.  His column Things That Trouble Me is currently syndicated in newspapers throughout the Midwest. You may reach Doug at news@indychallenger.com.   You can follow “Things That Trouble Me” as well as all Challenger Newspapers on Facebook.
© 2012, Greenwood Newspapers, Inc.
www.challengernewspapers.com

********************************************************************************************************

What In The World Is Going On?
9/19/2012
            What in the world is going on?  As far as I can see the answer is not much that makes sense.  After the United States helped the rebels in Libya, these same rebels turn around and attack the United States Embassy and murder the US Ambassador and two other Americans.  This comes after we helped them overthrow a vicious dictator in Moammar Kaddafi and have been funding the rebuilding of their country.  President Obama issued, not a warning of what the Americans would do to retaliate, but an apology stating that it was our freedom of speech that caused this massacre of Americans.
            What!!  Our country is based on freedom of speech and freedom of religion but never has that given the right to anyone anywhere in the world to commit cold blooded murder because they did not agree with someone’s free speech.  It is a disgrace to have a President that stands up to the world and invites another attack on Americans by apologizing for free speech and actually telling the terrorists that it was our fault that they killed Americans.
            In the good old days when Ronald Reagan was President, within minutes you would have seen him on television telling all Americans that it was a sad day in America because Americans had been killed by terrorists and that our war planes were on the way to drop a few bombs and send those terrorists to the burning afterlife where they belong.  This would also have been sent as a warning to any other terrorists out there who had a desire to harm Americans that if they chose to do so it would be a life ending decision.  That is what is called a deterrent to bad things.
            Instead we have a President who is sympathetic to cold blooded radical Islam that believes that they have the only religion and if we do not agree with them then they will kill us all.  Since our President agrees with them, he is not likely to send any kind of warning or take any action that would be a deterrent against this kind of terrorist activity.
            And so, the terrorist activity continues with the US Embassy being attacked in Egypt, where the Muslim Brotherhood has taken control under the approval of President Obama.  For those who do not remember, the Muslim Brotherhood is the organization that spawned Osama Bin laden and the Al Qaeda terrorist group that attacked the World Trade Center, Pentagon and made an attempt on the White House in 2001.
Our American embassies are also being attacked in Yemen and there are sure to be more attacks as our President continues to make apologies for Americans which are actually invitations to the Muslim terrorists to keep killing Americans.
What we need is a show of some leadership.  Sadly, that does not even appear to be a possibility until at least the end of January when, hopefully, we will be swearing in a new President that has some semblance of a backbone and is willing to take a stand for America instead of standing up for the radical Muslims as our current President does.
I am sure that with the background that Barrack Obama has in being a community activist and with all of the disgust he has for the American way of life and what America stands for, I an sure that he is proud of his fellow Muslims for the way they have targeted the very ideals of what America stands for.  Proud as he may be, however, the President surely does not understand that we are Americans and we will stand up and fight for America and the American way of life.  I am sure he does not realize that we will fight anyone who tries to take that away from us, including the President himself, if necessary.
We are Americans and we will always defend our country against any type of evil that may present itself.  That includes foreign terrorists as well as domestic terrorists.  If we are being threatened by a President who seems to be siding with the terrorists, then it is time to remove him from office.  That is the reason that we have elections. 
Recent happenings are not the only reason to remove this President from office.  The unemployment rate is still over ten percent three years after he took office.  The price of gas has risen from $1.89 to around $4.00 per gallon and shows no sign of retreating.  The price of food has risen about forty percent during his three years in office. The number of citizens on food stamps has risen from seventeen million to forty-eight million during the three years under President Obama.  Taxes are set to go up again and our economy is still in the toilet. It is time to make some changes in the administration.  It is time to go to the polls and vote.  It is time to send a message, not only to President Obama, but to the Congress as well that we are tired of the path that America is on and we are going to start taking control of our country again.  It is time to remind ALL of our elected officials that we are the boss and if they do not do the job that we hire them to do, then we will vote them right back out.
Some of these elected officials will just look at you and say “I am immune, the voters will never vote me out, I have been here to long” to which I would answer, ask Dick Lugar.
Now is the time people. November 6th is Election Day. Do your homework. Learn about the candidates. Get ready to get out and vote.  We can change the path that America is headed.  We can put our country back on the path that was intended.  Let’s do it!
Remember in November!! VOTE
            Doug Chambers is the Publisher of Greenwood Newspapers, Inc. which currently publishes four newspapers across central Indiana.  His column Things That Trouble Me is currently syndicated in newspapers throughout the Midwest. You may reach Doug at news@indychallenger.com.   You can follow “Things That Trouble Me” as well as all Challenger Newspapers on Facebook.
© 2012, Greenwood Newspapers, Inc.
www.challengernewspapers.com

********************************************************************************************************

Is The Hope Still There?
9/12/2012
            After listening to President Obama give his acceptance speech I began to wonder about several items that he raised.  There were some points that seemed to make sense but there were many that seemed to be lost in a dream world.  The most important item that apparently came out of the speech, however, was the question, is the hope still there.  Well, at this point, I think that there is hope, but it is a different kind of hope.
            The President went over his heritage to prove that he is qualified to be President by filling us in on his family background with statements about his grandfather fighting in the war with General Patton in World War II and his grandmother working on a bomber assembly line during that same war.  It would have been simpler and clearer to simply provide the birth certificate that has been constantly hidden from the American public.
            The President stated that his grandparents were given the chance to go to college, buy their own home and fulfill the basic bargain that is at the heart of every American’s story: the promise that hard work will pay off, that responsibility will be rewarded, that everyone gets a fair shot and everyone does their fair share, and everyone plays by the same rules, from Main Street to Wall Street to Washington DC.
            That is a powerful vision.  I invite you to look at that paragraph because those are the President’s exact words that were spoken during his speech.  Those are also the very items that he is constantly fighting against on a day to day basis.  Let’s divide that paragraph up and look at the items individually.
            The promise that hard work will pay off and that responsibility will be rewarded.  To me this means that if a person goes out and gets a job or starts a business and toils on it day after day and puts their all into building that job or business then they will be rewarded with the fruits of their labor and be able to take those fruits and spend them as they so desire.  This in turn would stimulate the American economy and allow that dream to continue on for others to do the same.  Unfortunately, under the Obama administration, they have decided that hard work will be rewarded by the taking of the hard earned money and giving it away to others who have decided not to be responsible and to do the hard work.
            The promise that everyone gets a fair shot and everyone does their fair share.  While I do believe that everyone gets a fair shot IF THEY WANT IT, I am a little discouraged by the statement that everyone does their fair share part.  This is America and anyone can go out and get a job and work to raise their family and I know lots of good people, from all parties, who do just that.  What I do not see is everyone doing their fair share.  Let’s not fall into this trap of thinking that fair share means equal share or the same share.  Fair share means doing what you are capable of.  Not everyone will be able to do the same as others and anyone with any intelligence will know that.  But with forty-eight percent of American citizens on food stamps or some other kind of public assistance in this country, this tells me that everyone is not doing their fair share.
            On a routine basis, almost daily, I see a woman in a motorized wheelchair that is a paraplegic rolling down the sidewalk in my town on the way to her job.  This woman cannot walk and is deserving of all types of public assistance but yet she has a job and goes out each day to do her part in the American dream.  On the opposite side of that coin, I know other people that have been drawing Social Security Disability for years because of various ailments such as “my back hurts” but are seen lugging rolls of carpet into houses, or I have a bad heart and then sit and play on a computer all day at home.
            While these ailments may be true, that does not prevent them from getting work of some type and at least contributing to society in some form.  Anyone who can play on a computer all day long at home can get a job working on a computer all day long at work.  Anyone who has the ability to lift rolls of carpet, no matter how bad the back pain is, can get a job doing something.  What they need is a little dose of reality from the paraplegic in the wheelchair and a severe cut in their benefits.
The final section of that paragraph is that everyone plays by the same rules from Main Street to Wall Street to Washington DC.  I agree with this wholeheartedly but at some point we have to face reality.  Until we pass a law that lawyers are not allowed to hold elective office, this is not going to be a reality.  Wall Street is always going to control the money in this country and I do not believe that any President from any party is ever going to be able to take that control away from them.  Wall Street has controlled the money in this country for too many years and they are not about to let something as trivial as a President take that away.
Main Street has always done the best that they could to get by.  That is because Main Street is made up of you and I.  The American citizens that are looking to live the American dream are the ones that make up Main Street.  We will always do what needs to be done to provide for our families and to continue to survive.  That’s what we do.
As for Washington DC, well, that has kind of grown into its own monster.  It is easy to say that Washington DC should play by the same rules but I have not seen that happen in a long time.  A representative can get elected to the House and serve a two year term and receive a one hundred percent pension check for the rest of his life along with one hundred percent funded medical insurance.  A one term Senator or President receive the same benefit. 
Under the new Affordable Care Act (Obama Care) we are told that that will be the golden answer for health insurance for everyone.  My question would be why it does not cover President Obama or any member of Congress.  The democrat controlled Senate has not provided a budget since 2009.  That is the ONLY job that they are REQUIRED to do.  Where on Main Street can one go to work and refuse to do their job and still keep getting a paycheck?
I am not sure that the Washington DC will ever play by the same rules again but to answer the question “is there still hope” the answer is yes.  However, the hope is now that we can kick out the freeloaders in Congress and the White House and install some forward thinking people that will change the course of America and get her back on track.  The Obama administration must go in order for us to gain anymore hope.  November sixth is the day to accomplish that.
            Remember in November! VOTE!!
            Doug Chambers is the Publisher of Greenwood Newspapers, Inc. which currently publishes four newspapers across central Indiana.  His column Things That Trouble Me is currently syndicated in newspapers throughout the Midwest. You may reach Doug at news@indychallenger.com.   You can follow “Things That Trouble Me” as well as all Challenger Newspapers on Facebook.
© 2012, Greenwood Newspapers, Inc.
www.challengernewspapers.com

********************************************************************************************************

What Promises Mean
9/05/2012
            What does a promise mean?  When you think about it, it really depends on who is making the promise.  Is this person someone that you can trust to uphold the promise?  Only time will tell.   For those who elected our current President four years ago, I would ask, do you still believe the promises of this man?
            The 2008 campaign promises of President Barrack Obama when he was campaigning four years ago have largely gone to the wayside.  We were told that if he did not complete his campaign promises then he would be a one term president.  Here we are four years later and I would say that judging by his own statement, President Barrack Obama should be a one term President. Let’s examine some of the promises.
            One of the most often made promises brought President Obama the union votes that made a huge difference in his win.  He promised to help win crucial backing from organized labor during the campaign, Obama made several promises, none of which have been fulfilled so far.
He promised to push for the Employee Free Choice Act, a bill he co-sponsored as a senator that would make it easier for workers to organize. Obama has continued to voice support for the bill when he is before union audiences, but he has made no visible effort to push it through Congress, where it is stalled amid opposition from conservative Democrats.
Obama also vowed during his primary battles with Hillary Rodham Clinton that he would revisit the North American Free Trade Agreement and ask Canada and Mexico to renegotiate elements of the bill that are unpopular with U.S. workers. He has not done so in office, though he has cheered organized labor with his decision to slap a tariff on Chinese-made tires. He has also held off on new trade deals with Colombia and South Korea, though he recently indicated that he might be willing to proceed with them.
Another often spoken promise was the promise that candidate Obama made to provide a $1,000 emergency energy rebate for families was a powerful one when he made it, with gas going for more than $4 a gallon and heating oil making it costly to keep homes warm.
But the economy shifted quickly, and by the time he took office, energy prices had dropped, in some cases by more than half. The president never moved forward to fulfill the promise, providing an example of how much the context of a promise matters.
Then there was the promise to ensure 10 percent of U.S. electricity comes from renewable sources by 2012 and 25 percent by 2025. Establish a low national carbon-fuel standard.
Perhaps one of the most blatant lies that was told as a promise was his promise to create secure borders.  Obama promised to “preserve the integrity of our borders,” citing adding personnel, infrastructure, and border and port technology as some of the steps his administration would take.
But in general, Obama has mostly continued steps on immigration taken by his predecessor, and has worked to comply with congressional port-security mandates and to build support for overhauling the nation’s immigration system. The Mexico announcement was in response to a worsening situation last year, but it was seen as a largely symbolic measure — one that alone would not be enough to help Mexico win its war against drug cartels.
More broadly, the administration’s claim of record-low numbers of immigrants at the border is accurate. But that is largely due to the economy, and critics argue that Obama hasn’t gone any further than Bush in building more fences and barriers, and has actually gone in the opposite direction in this promise by making several million of these illegal criminal aliens eligible to become citizens for a paltry sum of money and a certain vote for the President in the upcoming election.
            President Obama promised to make a sustained push to support Israel, one of the United States biggest and longest allies.  Instead of keeping that promise, he has largely thrown his support to the enemies of Israel by being lax in his response to the Iranians over their building of nuclear weapons and the pledge of the Palestinians to destroy Israel.
Of the campaign promises that have been kept there are some signs of where this administration is headed if they are awarded another four years of trampling our Constitution.
The first promise kept was his promise to expand hate-crimes statutes.  After promising to strengthen federal hate-crimes legislation and reinvigorate enforcement at the Justice Department’s Criminal Section, Obama scored a major victory when he signed the Matthew Shepard and James Byrd, Jr. Hate Crimes Prevention Act into law in October. There are questions, however, about how many people will be prosecuted under the new law.  
The problem with this is that it divides the American people into classes and gives more protection to some than to others.  If a white man kills a black man, it is murder with a hate crime attachment because the victim was black.  If a black man kills a white man it is just murder with a lesser penalty.
If a man kills another person who happens to be homosexual, then it is murder with a hate crime attachment because the victim was gay.  If a gay man kills another person, even if it is because they are not gay or do not approve of the gay lifestyle, it is still the lesser penalty of simple murder for the gay man.
This approach is wrong for our country.  Murder is murder and the penalty should be the same for anyone who commits that crime.  One should not get a lesser penalty because he is in a specific class of people anymore that one should get a harsher penalty because the victim was in a specific class.  Murder is murder. 
Obviously it has been shown that our President has not kept his campaign promises which means by his own words, he should be a one term President.  Only you and I can give him that and ensure that he keeps that campaign promise this coming November 6th.  Let’s make sure that we all show up at the polls and help President Obama keep his campaign promise from 2008.  
Remember in November! Vote!  I do!!
            Doug Chambers is the Publisher of Greenwood Newspapers, Inc. which currently publishes four newspapers across central Indiana.  His column Things That Trouble Me is currently syndicated in newspapers throughout the Midwest. You may reach Doug at news@indychallenger.com.   You can follow “Things That Trouble Me” as well as all Challenger Newspapers on Facebook.
© 2012, Greenwood Newspapers, Inc.
www.challengernewspapers.com

********************************************************************************************************

100 Percent Income Tax?
08/29/2012
            I have heard a lot of talk in recent days about the agenda of President Barrack Obama if he is re-elected to a second term.  Some of this agenda sounds plausible as it has been in his long term goals for years and he talks about it openly.  This would include the complete implementation of the Affordable Care Act (better known as Obama Care).  The complete implementation would include the forcing of insurance on everyone even if they do not want it.  It would also include the end of Medicare as it is known today as the senior health care would be absorbed into the Obama Care package and seniors would no longer be able to just go to a doctor and get any needed services.  Seniors would still receive basic services but any life sustaining surgeries, such as heart surgery, would have to go before and be approved by a fifteen member panel appointed by the President.
            Also included in this implementation would be the tax on anyone who did not get insurance as required by the Obama Care law.  In addition to that tax, anyone who owns a home and chooses to sell it would be assessed a sales tax of three point eight percent when the house is sold.  Given the dismal state of the real estate market at this time that additional barrier to selling a house should completely destroy the real estate market.
            Also included in that implementation is a provision that the government will have access to every bank account of any type that belongs to any citizen of this country under the guise of the allowing government to be able to collect on your health insurance bills.  This means that the government will be able to monitor your deposits and withdrawals, you’re spending and reach into your bank account and grab what they think they are owed at any time.  Being a government agency I would imagine that this would also be of assistance to the Internal Revenue Service.  All they would have to do is send a late notice prior to cleaning out your life savings.  Of course you would get your due process.  After they take your money, they will allow you to spend years and thousands in legal fees trying to convince a government tax court judge to give back your money.
            Then there is the plan to add even more families to the national food stamp program with the promise of easier guidelines and qualifying procedures.  There is also the plan to lengthen the unemployment life from the already two years of paying people to not work to somewhere in the neighborhood of four years.  Add that to the bleeding of the freebie mentality of our government and adding twelve million illegal immigrants to the citizen rolls simply to obtain their votes and it all becomes a little perplexing.  One might ask “how is this huge government with all of its welfare public assistance programs going to pay for this”?  Really, you haven’t figured this out yet.  Think about it and we will come back to that later.
            All of this sounds pretty atrocious but this is what our President has been promising since the 2008 campaign.  The absolutely scary part of all of this is what he hasn’t been talking about because he wants to get re-elected and then introduce his plans to the American public.
            I have heard talk that the President, if re-elected, will propose tax increases a little at a time until he has tax rates up to one hundred percent of our income.  When I first heard this I thought that it was atrocious and nobody would stand for this.  Then as I started to think about it, it actually began to make sense in a weird sort of way.
            You see, this President has always been an elitist and thought of himself as much better than anyone else.  He has always thought that he was above the law, as shown by the infamous birth certificate hunt.  President Obama is the only President ever elected that did not have to show a birth certificate and prove that he was born in America.  Since moving into the White House and telling the rest of us that we would have to tighten our belts and live on less, He and his family have traveled the country like royalty proving that they do not intend to set the right example for the citizens of this country.
            It would be just like someone with this kind of elitist attitude to try to pass off a bill that would raise income taxes to one hundred percent.  How would this work, you ask?  Well the government would put every able citizen to work in job that was chosen for them by the government and in return the government would promise them food and shelter and entertainment so all the people could go to work for the government and the government would take care of them and their needs.  Of course that would be their needs as according to the government but by the time everyone figures that one out it will be too late
            A lot of people will think this sounds absurd and so did I at first but then I thought back to the words of one of our founding fathers, Benjamin Franklin, who said that  “Once the people find that they can vote themselves money from the public treasury, that will be the beginning of the end of our Republic”.  That is the predicament that we know find ourselves in as a country.  We have an elitist President who honestly believes that he can convince the citizenry of our country to exchange votes for freebies and if he should succeed, then look for him to try to overturn the term limits on holding the office of President.  Many would call this the Obama forever law that would allow Barrack Obama to become President forever and return us to the days of being subjects of the royalty instead of citizens of a free republic.
            We must stop this insanity before it gets a chance to plant roots and grow.  Another four years of the lack of leadership we have seen could very well destroy this country.  If you love America and are proud to be an American, then get your butt to the voting booth on November sixth and vote for some real American people that will restore our values and put this country back on the right track.
            Remember in November!! Vote.
            Doug Chambers is the Publisher of Greenwood Newspapers, Inc. which currently publishes four newspapers across central Indiana.  His column Things That Trouble Me is currently syndicated in newspapers throughout the Midwest. You may reach Doug at news@indychallenger.com.   You can follow “Things That Trouble Me” as well as all Challenger Newspapers on Facebook.
© 2012, Greenwood Newspapers, Inc.
www.challengernewspapers.com

********************************************************************************************************

How About A Little Truth
8/22/2012
            Ever since the nomination of Paul Ryan for Vice President was announced, the Democratic Party has been in an uproar.  They have used every opportunity to get into the liberal media and spout off a series of campaign slogans that are much more than slogans.  They are outright lies.
            For many decades, the battle cry of the Democratic Party has been to scare our senior citizens by lying to them that the republicans are going to take away their social security and Medicare and leave them on the side of the road to die with nothing.  Any person with an ounce of intelligence would know that this was absurd and would never happen. Yet people fall for the lies every day.
            Well, I think it is time for a little truth to come to this country and its citizens.  Especially to those citizens who have fallen under the spell of the Obama influence.  Here is the truth.
            We cannot go on following the same path that we have been following for the last few years and creating a larger and larger national debt every year.  And yes this includes the last few years of the Bush presidency.  We must put a stop to it now.  President Obama can stand up and play the pied piper all he wants but he campaigned for the Presidency on the fact that within four years he would balance the budget and cut the national debt in half.  Those were his campaign promises four years ago.  Since he was elected he has done just the opposite.  He has spent us into triple the amount of debt that he took office with and as for a balanced budget; the democrats have not even offered ANY budget in the last four years.
            With this kind of leadership, my two favorite politicians of all time are Ronald Reagan and whoever runs against President Obama.
            As to the Ryan budget, everyone who supports President Obama keeps saying to me that the Ryan budget does away with Medicare.  That is LIE NUMBER ONE.  Nobody in this country has EVER proposed a budget that does away with Medicare.  What Paul Ryan’s budget does is reform Medicare.  No changes to those who are currently on or will be on Medicare in the next ten years.  For the rest, they will be issued vouchers to buy private Medicare insurance from a company of their choice.  They will have a choice!! This is a freedom.  Paul Ryan wants to give us back some of our FREEDOMS and let us choose while President Obama wants to choose for you and tell you what insurance you will have.  This comes complete with the infamous death panels that will decide whether or not you are worthy of the treatment that you need to keep on living.
            As to the Ryan budget, everyone who supports President Obama keeps saying to me that the Ryan budget does away with Medicaid.  That is LIE NUMBER TWO.  We have some poor unfortunate folks in this country that no matter how hard they try are not able to work and support themselves.  The Ryan budget would cut about a third of the amount designated for Medicaid.  This would be supported by stepping up the fraud investigation of those who do not qualify for Medicaid.  There are many people out there that are deserving of Medicaid benefits, however there many more who are not and fake injuries and lie about their income to get themselves onto this program.  It is time for that to stop!!  I am tired of working day after day and trying to make ends meet and struggling to do so just so I can have MY money taken away and given to someone who is not deserving because they make as much as I do but get paid under the table or because they could work but choose not to.  Nothing irks me more than to see a perfectly healthy person on Medicaid saying they cannot work while I watch a poor elderly paraplegic lady trotting down the sidewalk in her motorized wheelchair on her way to WORK.
            As to the Ryan budget, everyone who supports President Obama keeps saying to me that the Ryan budget does away with government jobs.  AMEN!!  This is something that should happen, needs to happen, and better happen if our country is meant to survive.  Our government has grown to outrageous proportions and between those that have government jobs and those that live on public assistance, there is almost no one left to work in the private sector.  Our government was meant to be small, not all encompassing.  Our government was meant to provide for our country’s protection with a federal military and to be a coop of states that were backed up by the federal government.  Not a federal government that controlled the states and every aspect of our lives.  The United States Constitution has provided for many freedoms for the citizens of America.  Slowly but surely, these freedoms are being taken away from us, and we are being turned into a socialist country that is aimed at being led by a dictator.  Only we can put a stop to this and we do that at the ballot box.
            As to the Ryan budget, everyone who supports President Obama keeps saying to me that the Ryan budget here is what I have to say.  Have ANY OF YOU even read the Ryan budget.  If you had, you would not be saying the completely untruthful things that you are saying.  These lies need to stop.  If you do not like what the Ryan budget says, then campaign on that.  Campaign that you want to keep the socialized healthcare instead of having the freedom to choose your healthcare.  Campaign on the fact that you want to keep on working to support those who refuse to work instead of keeping your hard earned money.  Campaign on the fact that you want a big government that controls every facet of your life instead of a smaller government that gives you the freedom to live your life and work hard to get ahead (this used to be called the American Dream but is now known as the rich and greedy no-gooders).
            And while we are on the subject, why is it that I should be more concerned with how Mitt Romney spends money than with how President Obama spends mine?
            It is time for change.  It is time for new leadership.  It is time to get this country back on the right track.  It is time to stop the minority from ruling just because they shout louder than the rest of us.  How do we stop the you ask?  We Vote. Let’s do it!!
            Remember in November!  VOTE!
            Doug Chambers is the Publisher of Greenwood Newspapers, Inc. which currently publishes four newspapers across central Indiana.  His column Things That Trouble Me is currently syndicated in newspapers throughout the Midwest. You may reach Doug at news@indychallenger.com.   You can follow “Things That Trouble Me” as well as all Challenger Newspapers on Facebook.
© 2012, Greenwood Newspapers, Inc.
www.challengernewspapers.com

********************************************************************************************************

Term Limits, Why We Need Them
08/15/2012
      Doug is out of the office this week so we are running one of his favorite columns from January of this year.
We hear a lot of talk these days about term limits for our elected leaders, not only in Washington but in our state and local governments as well.  There are pro’s and con’s to this argument and I have always been of the opinion that the people decide the term limit by of their elected official by voting to keep them or by voting to get rid of them.
            I believe that this system is no longer working now and needs to be replaced by across the board term limits for every elected office.
            The problem with allowing the citizens to decide how long an elected official’s term should be is that everyone knows that the longer an elected official is in office, the more power they gain and that gives them the authority and power to wield against some of the newer officials.  In past times, this may have been a good thing when the power brokers in Congress used their power to gain what their constituents wanted and they generally tried to make our great country a better place to live/
            However, as with all good things, the goodness in wielding all of that power eventually went to our elected officials’ heads and they began to use it to advance their own agenda and do what was best for them instead of our country and its citizens.
            Now we sit in a day in time where it is almost impossible to un-elect an official who has built up many years, or in some cases, decades of power because they can fundraise millions with that power and simply swamp any challenger and sweep them under the election rug. 
            This has become evident in the ongoing budget battles in Congress where our elected officials used to compromise with each other and get a budget put together and passed that  was good for two years.  Now they do not even try to work with each other to get e budget that is good for the country and they end up passing umpteen stop-gap measures to keep the bills being paid. 
The latest two month bill to keep the social security tax cuts going is another good example.  What good does it do to pass a bill to keep this going on for two more months.  One side screams that the other side is going to raise taxes because they won’t pass this bill.  First of all, they are not going to raise any tax.  The social security tax was cut in a bill that specifically said the cut would be ONLY for one year.  Secondly, this was a stupid move by the other side to only extend the tax cut for two months.  Come on, people.  There are more important items that need to be dealt with than having to constantly deal with a tax cut to a bankrupt government agency every couple of months.  Put a bill out there to extend the tax cuts for a year, or two years, or better yet, five years, then pass it and let’s get on to the business of America’s leadership.
Term limits would eliminate almost all of this because then our legislators would not have to worry about getting re-elected for the next thirty or forty years.  They would know that they would only be there for a limited amount of time and then they would have to go back to work in the private sector.
I would propose a limit of two consecutive six year terms for United States Senators and six consecutive two year terms for the United States House of Representatives.  I would also propose that they would not be able to run again until they had sat out the same number of years that they were in office.
This would allow us to get rid of those who were elected to office and then decided to advance the causes of special interest groups as well as those who decided to advance their own causes.  It would also allow the opportunity for a greater amount of our citizens to run and serve in public office so that America had the best creative ideas to work with instead of just recycling the same ones over and over again for thirty or forty years because it is impossible to get fresh blood into the process.
Public Service was never meant to be the lifelong career that it has become and it was never meant to be a place for certain members of the elite to go to become even richer that they already are.  I find it interesting that as the Obama administration pushes tax increases for the rich that they always seem to find a way to exempt themselves from those increases.  These are the people who are the richest after being in Congress for a few years and they can retire after as little as two years with a pension that is equal to one hundred percent of their salary and they are given FREE medical care for life, both while in office and after they retire and yet they are the ones that want to limit the healthcare that us ordinary Americans are allowed to give.
Therefore I would further propose that all elected officials that are empowered to vote on any laws or rules on ordinary Americans be required to live by those same laws and rules.
Term limits are the only way that I see to get rid of the stagnant Congress that we have today and revive OUR Congress with some fresh blood and ideas.  Let’s give some others a chance to be creative and see if they are able to come up with some different proposals that could save our nation.
Term limits are the only way to go.  Let’s do it and do it now. We are only a little over ten months from Election Day.  Let’s get together and make our voices heard. Let’s let them know that we do not care if they are Republicans or Democrats.  We do not care if they are male or female. We do not care if they are black or white or red or yellow or any other color.  We do not care if they are Catholic or Christian or Jewish or Muslim.  If you do not vote for term limits and any other proposals that YOUR constituents want, then WE will vote YOU out of office.
Remember in November 2012.  I Vote!!! Do You?
OMG! = Obama Must Go!
            Doug Chambers is the Publisher of Greenwood Newspapers, Inc. which currently publishes four newspapers across central Indiana.  His column Things That Trouble Me is currently syndicated in newspapers across the Midwest. You may reach Doug at news@indychallenger.com.
© 2011, Greenwood Newspapers, Inc.
www.challengernewspapers.com

********************************************************************************************************

Free Cell Phones, Courtesy of YOU
8/08/2012
            It is amazing to me how our government can take any program that is designed for good purposes and twist it around into an unbelievable expensive program that is riddled with fraud and no accountably without blinking an eye.
            Such is the case with a program that was started a few years age to provide a safety net for senior citizens and those living deep in poverty.  It all started with the idea that it would be a good thing to provide every household in the country with a home phone that would always be available in case of emergency to call 911 or other help.  The original design was that those who were over the age of sixty-five and living only on social security and those who were living below the poverty level would be eligible for a free home phone that was provided by their local phone company.  These home phone lines were to consist of only basic service with a limited number of minutes and were to be paid for by the other paying customers through a small surcharge on the monthly listed as a “universal service charge”.
            I am sure that most of you can already see what is coming because we know how our government likes to take our money and give it to those who do not want to work so they live off of those of us who do work.  Like any government program, it went well for a while but not for long.  The program was soon amended to ad many more people to the original list of who was eligible and the cost rose from about fifteen cents to somewhere in the neighborhood of thirty cents. 
            That was not good enough though and the government kept going and decided to add more services to these phone lines, such as, call waiting and call forwarding because we all know that these are essential services in a time of need.  For example, if someone is in the living room watching a movie on the HBO channel (we all know that those who don’t work have to have expensive cable packages because they have to occupy their time doing something) and they hear a noise that sounds like glass breaking, then they have to set down their Budweiser Platinum beer and put their Marlboro cigarette in the ash tray to go investigate.  When it dawns on them that there is possibly a burglar in the house, they then grab the phone that we have provided for them at no cost and dial 911.  This is where the necessity of call waiting comes because as they are talking to the 911 operator about the burglar that is in the house, they certainly do not want to miss the call from Aunt Cindy with the latest news update on the new items they are allowed to buy with their EBT Card (food stamps).
            And they need that call forwarding so that when the 911 operator tells them to get out of the house, they can first transfer their home phone to their cell phone so as not to miss that important call from Aunt Cindy.
            Now wait a minute, that call forwarding is no longer needed because our wonderful government has now decided that just because someone is poor and can’t provide their own phone service does not mean they should have to stay at home to get phone calls.  So they changed the law so now these folks can get a cell phone(s) for absolutely free.  And this is courtesy of you and me and that really small “universal service fee” of a few cents that appears on our home and/or cell phone bill.  Except that now that fee has risen to about four dollars per month so it is not so small anymore.  That means since I pay for three cell phones and a home phone I am paying about one hundred ninety two dollars every year to provide free cell phones to people who, for the most part, CHOOSE not to work.  I feel that I should be able to CHOOSE whether or not I want to support their telephone!
            Now comes the fraud part of this wicked story.  They actually have vans that drive around major cities and hand out these free cell phones in poor neighborhoods.  While the program guidelines state that you are only allowed one free cell phone per household, one phone company doing research on this program found over two hundred fifty THOUSAND homes that had more than one of these free cell phones.  One woman that was interviewed opened her purse, (and yes she had two beers and a pack of Marlboro cigarettes in the purse) and she dug out SEVEN free cell phones from the purse and said she had over thirty of them at her home.  That way she did not have to worry about ever running out of minutes.
            Aren’t you glad that we have the privilege of providing this service to these bums.  As we scrimp and save to try to make ends meet, these people are taking our money from the government and abusing something that was supposed to help them.  But then, isn’t that what always happens when the government gets involved?
            It is time to put a stop to all of this nonsense.  It is time to take a stand and elect some good conservative leaders that will safeguard our money instead of handing it out to those who will abuse the privilege.  Do your research. Find those who will vote for US and what we want instead of always voting for the welfare bums.
            Remember in November.  VOTE!! It is your duty. It is your responsibility.  You cannot complain if you do not vote. Vote for your candidate.  I will.
            Doug Chambers is the Publisher of Greenwood Newspapers, Inc. which currently publishes four newspapers across central Indiana.  His column Things That Trouble Me is currently syndicated in newspapers throughout the Midwest. You may reach Doug at news@indychallenger.com.   You can follow “Things That Trouble Me” as well as all Challenger Newspapers on Facebook.
© 2012, Greenwood Newspapers, Inc.
www.challengernewspapers.com

********************************************************************************************************

Eat Chicken, Defeat Gay Terrorism
08/01/2012
            I have found the past couple of weeks to be very interesting when it comes to the issue of tolerance.  It seems these days that the keyword is always tolerance.  The problem is that only certain groups are supposed to practice tolerance and the rest of them can do all the bashing they want.
            For example, Christians are supposed to be tolerant of Muslims.  We are supposed accept them and be tolerant of their religious views and practices.  But it is not a two way street.  While we are being tolerant of them and the Koran being taught in public schools and their views being forced upon us, they are running around declaring us to be infidels and terrorizing any population that does not agree with them and their views.
            Abortionists claim that we Christians should be tolerant of them because a woman’s body belongs to her and she should have the right to choose what happens to her body.  All this comes at a time when we are told that during our tolerance, they will continue to protest against our beliefs because that is there right.
            However the most hypocritical group on the face of this earth is the homosexual alliance that wants to preach tolerance to anyone that disagrees with their views and yet at the same time tell that we MUST agree with their views or they will find ways to punish us.
            Take, for example, the latest in gay terrorism which is the attack on a Christian company, Chik-Fil-A, for nothing other than the fact that their owner is a Christian that does not believe in gay marriage.  I have not yet figured out how this changes the taste of their chicken or the curviness of their waffle fries but apparently some hypocritical gay has decided it does.  What has our country come to when a small interest group believes that they have the power to decide the religious views of those that are business owners?
            Gay terrorism has arrived and now we need to figure how we as Americans are going to combat it.  I heard a member of the National Gay and Lesbian Chamber of Commerce on television the other day make the comment that “all we want is to be left alone to live our lives the way we want to live them”  BULL!  If that is REALLY what you want, then shut up and do it.  No one would even know you were gay if you didn’t broadcast it to the world.  Quit parading down our streets half naked shouting slogans like “we’re her, we’re queer, get used to it! Go, live your lives in your own homes quietly and quit announcing what you are and what you do in your bedroom and you won’t have to worry about anyone saying anything about you.
            However, don’t think that you have the right to tell someone that just because they own a business, they have to accept your views.  I, personally, think that the gay lifestyle is disgusting, perverted, disease ridden and a disgrace.  But I don’t go around telling people not to shop at a gay owned business just because they do not agree with my views. 
            How would all of the gay owned business out there feel if ALL Christians decided to completely stop shopping at all of the gay owned businesses in this country.  There would be an outcry and it would be all of you gay people screaming that you were being done wrong because we were doing the exact same thing that you are doing now.
            How would you feel if, all of a sudden, we Christians stopped doing business with such companies as 55+ magazine simply because it was owned by a gay entrepreneur even though it does not cater to gay people?
How would you feel if, all of a sudden, we Christians stopped doing business with such companies as ADH Events in Chicago simply because it was owned by a gay entrepreneur even though it does not cater to gay people?
            How would you feel if, all of a sudden, we Christians stopped doing business with such companies as Arizona Lifestyle Realty in Phoenix simply because it was owned by a gay entrepreneur even though it does not cater to gay people?
            How would you feel if, all of a sudden, we Christians stopped doing business with such companies as Foxwoods Resorts Casino in Connecticut simply because it was owned by a gay entrepreneur even though it does not cater to gay people?
            The point that I am making is that there are many businesses in this country that are owned by gay people.  We, as Christians, may not believe that gay marriage is acceptable, but we do not refuse to do business at your establishment because you do.  We do business at your establishment because we like your product or service and you provide us that product or service at a reasonable price and with good customer service.  What you do in the privacy of your bedroom does not concern us beyond the point that we will be praying for your souls.
            This newspaper group will never accept advertising from any gay related business, such as nightclubs that cater to gay people, gay dating services, gay personals, etc.  We will, however, accept your advertising for other business, such as a chicken joint, that is owned by a gay person.
            One other point of contention to all the gay terrorists out there concerning your targets.  Do you understand that by trying to put a company, like Chik-Fil-A, out of business you are also trying to put something like 4,000 people out of a job in today’s economy?  Do you realize that some of those you would so quickly put out of work are surely gay.  And by any chance, did you even realize that SIXTEEN of the Chik-Fil-A franchises across the country are owned by gay entrepreneurs?
            Maybe before you decide to commit another act of gay terrorism, you should do your research first.  Now that that has been said, let’s all go get some chicken for lunch.
            Doug Chambers is the Publisher of Greenwood Newspapers, Inc. which currently publishes four newspapers across central Indiana.  His column Things That Trouble Me is currently syndicated in newspapers throughout the Midwest. You may reach Doug at news@indychallenger.com.   You can follow “Things That Trouble Me” as well as all Challenger Newspapers on Facebook.
© 2012, Greenwood Newspapers, Inc.
www.challengernewspapers.com

********************************************************************************************************

Apparently, Crime Does Pay
7/25/2012
            Let’s go all the way back to last December when 26 year old Jeremi Atkinson walked into a Kroger store in Indianapolis and announced that he was there to commit an armed robbery.  This announcement was made by putting an object into the back of an unarmed female security guard and placing her into a headlock.  He then forced her to open the store’s office and demanded all of their money.  When approached by the store manager, Elijah “Levi” Elliott, who was carrying a licensed handgun for which he had a legal carry permit, Atkinson shoved the female security guard away and charged the store manager, who then drew his handgun and shot the charging robber.  Atkinson died several hours later in the hospital.
            Now first of all, let’s examine the poor circumstances of this innocent young man who I am sure was only trying to feed his young children by making a gainful attempt at an honest living.  No, wait a minute, that would be the claims of his mother.  Actually, Atkinson was convicted of armed robbery in 2009 for holding up a Subway store at gunpoint in Indianapolis.  He was sentenced to four years in prison and was let go on work release before a warrant was issued for his arrest in February 2011 for violating terms of his release, prosecutors said. By rights, this man should not have been on the streets to attempt to rob this Kroger store to start with.
            As is typical with most criminals, this criminal also has one of those mothers who believe that her son can do no wrong and anything that happens to him is someone else’s fault.  Therefore since her son was killed during the commission of a robbery, she should receive a windfall payday like any worker who was injured or killed on the job.  After all, Atkinson was on the job wasn’t he?  He was in the process of robbing a store which was the career that he had chosen to provide him with the income to live life on. 
            Now his mother, Toni Atkinson, has decided that her son’s pitiful existence of a life is worth a measly $75,000 dollars and she has filed a lawsuit against Cincinnati based Kroger Food Stores to collect.  In the lawsuit, she claims that Kroger was negligent in her son’s death because they did not supervise and enforce a policy that prohibits employees from carrying firearms while working.  Apparently she is one of those people who think that only criminals should have guns.
            In the lawsuit, Ms. Atkinson neglected to mention that her son either had possession of a handgun or that he stated that he had one by placing the object in the female security guard’s back.  She also neglected to mention that he charged the store manager in a threatening manner, stating only that her son entered into an altercation with employees.  This mother also neglected that her son had a ski mask pulled down to cover his face and was wearing a hoodie in order to not be identified during the commission of his felony.
            To top all of this off, the Marion County Prosecutors Office investigated this shooting and determined that it was clearly an act of self-defense after viewing video surveillance tape that clearly showed Atkinson charging the manager with something in his hand.  The Prosecutor declined to file charges against Elliot stating that it was clearly a case of self-defense.
            I guess that the real tragedy hear lies with the mother of the dead criminal.  I wonder if she has ever taken the time to look back at her son’s life and thought that if she had not made an excuse for everything he did wrong and always told him that it wasn’t his fault, that he probably be alive today.  Maybe if she had taken the time to read him a book every once in a while, he might have learned to be an honest worker instead of living a criminal life.  Maybe if she had just taken him to church once in a while, he might have found the Lord and been working or sitting in his church that night instead of being out threatening to kill those who were working for a living over a few bucks that probably would have went for drugs anyway. 
            Eventually we all have to accept the ultimate responsibility for our actions.  Jeremi Atkinson paid for his criminal actions with his life.  He will not be remembered as a hero for he did nothing heroic.  He will be remembered for what he was.  He was a criminal who died during the commission of an armed robbery.
            Should his mother be paid and rewarded for raising a monster such as this.  Absolutely not!  The judge in this case should immediately give her a stern lecture on motherhood and then throw the case out and order her to pay Kroger for their attorney fees.
            After that, she should start going to church to ask for forgiveness for raising her son the way she did and for filing such a stupid, frivolous lawsuit and wasting the time and resources of our public officials.
            At some point, someone is going to have to put a stop to this coddling of criminals and start telling the families that sometimes the wages of sin is death.  If criminals are not ready to accept that, then they need to stop committing crimes.
            As for Mr. Elliot, the store manager, it was against store policy for him to carry a gun while working.  By violating this policy, he may have saved a few lives.  While I am generally not a fan of breaking the rules, sometimes there is a higher authority that should be accepted.  In this case, the United States Constitution states that everyone has the right to bear arms.  That means that every legal citizen is allowed to carry a gun, not just the criminals.  It also means that Kroger policy could be considered to be unconstitutional and that the store manager has the right to carry a handgun after all.
            Regardless of how this is interpreted, I applaud Mr. Elliot for the manner in which he handled himself in order to prevent any loss of life or injury to his co-workers
            Oh, and one more message for the judge in this lawsuit.  I would like to be picked for the jury on this one.  I know that I would make the right decision.
Doug Chambers is the Publisher of Greenwood Newspapers, Inc. which currently publishes four newspapers across central Indiana.  His column Things That Trouble Me is currently syndicated in newspapers throughout the Midwest. You may reach Doug at news@indychallenger.com.   You can follow “Things That Trouble Me” as well as all Challenger Newspapers on Facebook.
© 2012, Greenwood Newspapers, Inc.
www.challengernewspapers.com

********************************************************************************************************

Increasing And Long Lasting Lies
7/18/2012
            In these days preceding the most important election in our lifetime, I am noticing some disturbing politicking going on around the country. 
            While we are used to lying politicians and their lying campaigns on both sides of the election, this political season leaves me to wonder if there is anything left that is sacred.
            One of the long running battles that are always presented by the democratic candidates is that the republicans are going to take away Medicare and Social Security from our senior citizens.  This is by far the longest running lie in history and an absolute unconscionable way to go about trying to win an election.
            The truth of this issue is that the democrats for years have led the raid on the Social Security and Medicare funds leaving them bankrupt in order to pay for their perks for government entitlement (welfare) programs.  The republicans have taken these programs and tried to revamp them to insure that they are around for our seniors for a long time to come.  That is made difficult, however, by the constant raiding and draining by the democrat controlled leadership.
            Another long running lie is that the democrats do not want to raise taxes which has been amended to democrats want to raise taxes on Americans who are rich but not on the middle and lower income citizens.  This is another huge lie that has festered over the years.  First of all, if taxes are raised on the upper class that start and manage most of the business in this country, then they will stop investing in these businesses and stop hiring people to work and the economy will continue to tank as it has during the entire Obama Presidency.  President Obama can only blame George Bush for so long before he has to live up to his campaign promise that he would accept responsibility for the economy during his first term or it would be a one term presidency.
            Secondly, the United States Supreme Court has now confirmed that Obama Care is the largest tax increase in the history of our country and it falls completely on the shoulders of the lower and middle class.  So much for only raising taxes on the rich upper class.  They will face a lower tax increase than that given to the lower and middle class by the Affordable Care Act (Obama Care).
            The smartest move that could be made by whichever candidate happens to win the election on November 6, would be to walk into office and immediately cut tax rates in half for EVERY AMERICAN CITIZEN in this country.  This would stimulate our economy almost overnight and drop the unemployment rate almost as fast as the upper class would start to invest more money into the business segment and begin to hire workers immediately.
            Unfortunately, with the track record and past history of President Obama, we can see that this will never happen if he is re-elected.  He will only continue to raise taxes on EVERY CITIZEN while giving our hard earned tax dollars to the freeloaders who refuse to work and to those criminals who are in this country as illegal criminal aliens.
            We will be facing the arrival of the 3.8% sales tax on our house when we decide to sell it.  We will be facing higher medical costs under the Affordable Care Act.  We will be facing the intrusion of being forced to give our government access to our bank accounts to withdraw money when they feel that we owe them without any due process or court hearing.  We will be facing the continuing raid and drain policy that now exists on the Medicare and Social Security funds putting them in jeopardy and leaving our senior citizens to wonder how they will survive when the funds go broke. 
The United States Constitution (that document that founded our country and is totally ignored by the ruling democratic party) states that the United States Senate shall pass a budget a minimum of every two years.  There has not been a budget passed by the Senate since the democrats took control of the Senate.  This is outrageous!  So what is the big lie?  The democrat senators will tell you that they cannot pass a budget because the republicans refuse to cross party lines and vote for a budget.  What they conveniently forget to tell you is that the democrats have controlled the Senate for YEARS and have never presented a budget for a vote.  THEY are in control.  They do not need any cooperation from any republicans.  They simply choose to not present a budget because then they would have to live within the guidelines of that budget.
            The most disturbing news that has come out lately, however, is that the democrats have begun videotaping the private homes and families of the republican candidates and posting the video online in an obvious attempt to intimidate the candidates and try to deter them from running against the democrats.  This is immoral and unethical and an invasion of privacy that should be dealt with by bringing criminal charges against those doing the videotaping and those doing the posting.  Most of all, there should be criminal charges against those who are doing the planning and designing of such a disgusting tactic to undermine our election process.
            It is time for the legal citizens of this once great country to stand up for what is right, what is constitutional, What is moral and ethical for ALL Americans and through out the President that will only do for the illegals and America haters and throughout the do nothing Senate leadership that will not even pass a budget as required by our Constitution.
            We need to elect some new leadership all around that will take office and begin to lead immediately without the whining that someone else caused the problem and we cannot do anything about it.  We need to elect some new leaders that will take over the Senate and repeal the Affordable Care Act immediately and pass a budget and stop adding to the national debt that is going to be on the shoulders of our great great grandchildren
            We need to get all of our friends and like minded people out to the polls on November 6 to vote the current administration out of office and set this country back on the road to greatness.  It is up to us and only us to remedy the bad situation brought on by the last presidential election and we can only remedy it by voting.  Let’s all get out there and do it.  Spread the word!!
Remember in November!! Vote!!  I do!
            Doug Chambers is the Publisher of Greenwood Newspapers, Inc. which currently publishes four newspapers across central Indiana.  His column Things That Trouble Me is currently syndicated in newspapers throughout the Midwest. You may reach Doug at news@indychallenger.com.   You can follow “Things That Trouble Me” as well as all Challenger Newspapers on Facebook.
© 2012, Greenwood Newspapers, Inc.
www.challengernewspapers.com

********************************************************************************************************

Something Happened, Prices Going Up
7/11/2012
            I don’t know about you but it seems to me that every time something happens, the price of something goes up.  I know this may sound a little hokey but let’s look at some of the facts. 
There was the threat of a hurricane in the Gulf of Mexico and the oil companies shut down production for a week and therefore the price of gas goes up forty cents per gallon.  Makes sense doesn’t it.  Except for the fact that every major company in business carries business interruption insurance which means that the oil company got paid for their losses from the shutdown and just decided to use that as an excuse to raise their gas prices.
            There is a fire at an oil refinery in Illinois and the refinery is out of commission for a month.  Again, the oil company has the business interruption insurance to cover their losses and still the price of gas goes up by eighty cents per gallon.  This does not even consider the fact that in both of these instances; the oil company recouped their losses and their profit but also saved some extra money by not having to pay their employees during the shutdown.
            Then we hear that the dry hot summer is wreaking havoc with the farms across the country and that the corn crop is dying out due to the lack of rain and guess what happens?  We are told that the price of our food (not just corn, but all food) is going to go up due to the shortage of the corn crop.  Also just so you know, the price of gas will climb also due to the corn crop because, guess what, the oil companies use the corn to make ethanol gasoline.
            Let’s go back to that hurricane in the Gulf of Mexico.  If it makes landfall and damages houses then there will be a shortage of building materials so your local lumber yards will be raising their prices.  And don’t try to beat the rush after the hurricane hit to try to beat the price increase because the local lumber yards have learned from the oil companies that you raise your prices before the disaster in anticipation of a shortage.  That way you get top dollar for your merchandise and if the disaster never happens, well then, you just made some extra profit on your merchandise
            Of course, there is a disaster for everyone, and when the autumn season gets here the price of everything from oranges to grapefruits will rise in price because there will be a frost somewhere that will ruin a fruit crop.  Keep in mind that the farmers also have insurance so that if their crop is destroyed, they still collect the same amount except now they do not have to pay the pickers or turn on the trucks and tractors.
            Win our biggest businesses in this country are playing on the misfortunes of others and using every excuse to gouge their customers, what is going to happen to our country.  The big oil companies are making it impossible for small businesses to stay in business and these are the ones who employ the majority of the workers in this country. 
The big oil companies are also making it impossible for families to survive and raise their children.  It used to be that the dad worked forty hours a week while mom stayed home and raised the kids.  These were better times and our children grew up strong, confident and learned a strong work ethic.
Today the gouging of America by big business coupled with the turn to socialism by the political leaders of our once great republic, dads are now working eighty hour per week and hardly seeing their kids and the moms are also working, sometimes as many hours as the dads, and the kids are left at home to fend for themselves.
How do we turn this trend around and get back to the great country we used to be?  Well, a good start would be to stop trying to throw God out with the garbage.  It really does not matter what the atheists say, it is not up to them to declare that God does not exist.  They are only fourteen percent of the citizens of this country and only around seven percent of the illegal aliens that occupy our country.  The problem is that we stand by and let them cause a huge ruckus before liberal judges that like to believe they have the authority to make law instead of enforcing it.
            We, as Christians, need to stand up for what we believe in and fight for God.  Let’s all start by living our lives right and set the example and then tell those that do not believe in God to sit down and worship their money until they come to their senses.  In the meantime, they need to leave us Christians alone and let us worship our God in peace instead of telling us that we are not allowed to.  Then maybe we can change the way the business leaders in this country think and get them to lead with a more moral heart when making their business decisions.
Then maybe we can get the cooperation of everyone to work together to get back to having moms stay home, at least part of the time, and raise the kids so that we have some strong, confident, ethical children to grow up and take over the businesses when the time comes.
By the way, we are expecting a huge price increase in newsprint sometime in the next year, which means that we will have to raise our rates immediately to cover that anticipated increase.  Just Kidding!!
            Doug Chambers is the Publisher of Greenwood Newspapers, Inc. which currently publishes four newspapers across central Indiana.  His column Things That Trouble Me is currently syndicated in newspapers throughout the Midwest. You may reach Doug at news@indychallenger.com.   You can follow “Things That Trouble Me” as well as all Challenger Newspapers on Facebook.
© 2012, Greenwood Newspapers, Inc.
www.challengernewspapers.com

********************************************************************************************************

The End Of Pro Choice
7/04/2012
            All we have heard from the liberals for years has been a cry that we should be pro-choice.  Every time the question comes up the answer is always that we should be pro-choice.  We are told that here in America that every American should have the right to choose.  That is what America is all about.  I guess that the truth comes within the context that the liberals choose to use that phrase in.
However, I am here to tell you that the pro-choice era has officially come to an end.  As of now there will no longer be any choice left in this country.  With the startling rate that our freedoms and rights are disappearing and the stupidity that I see by blind American who continue to support a President simply because he is black, it still amazes me that we allowed that President to get away with abolishing  choice by Americans.  This used to be the land of the free where we all had the right to make our own choices and now that is another freedom that has been taken away from us.
No I am not talking about abortion.  That pro-choice is still because the liberals have some really screwed up ideas and want to turn our country into a Stalin era socialist country.  I am talking about the United States Supreme Court upholding the Affordable Care Act (Obamacare).
It is amazing to me how anyone can just give up our freedoms and our rights just because someone says they should.  After the Supreme Court decision I was listening to some man on the street interviews and heard one man comment that he was completely against socialized medicine as provided by Obamacare.  He was then asked if he would vote for President Obama to be re-elected in November and he said yes.  When the interviewer asked why he would vote for the President if he did not agree with his policies the man answered “because he is black”. 
This is what our country has come to these days.  After years of screaming about racism and discrimination, African Americans have now decided (along the lines of liberals) that racism and discrimination are okay as long as they are the ones doing it and not the victims of it.  All the years that we have listened to the cries of “we are all Americans” and “skin color does not matter” it has come down to the fact that skin color does matter.  We are now realizing that, as with many things including tolerance, equality only runs one way and that is against the white American Christian people.
It is sad that a country could be ruined by a socialist President who can only be, or stay, in office because of his skin color.  If we had a white President that had tried to tell us that EVERYONE in this country would buy insurance, or would have to pay a special tax if they did not, there would have been rioting in the streets that would have been bigger than the Rodney King riots.
The other interview that I caught was with a member of the Obama administration who stated that “every American should have the right to choose healthcare”.  Hello!!!  Every American has always had the right to choose whether or not they had insurance.  Now the Obama administration has taken that right away from EVERY American.  Americans will no longer have the right to make that choice because the government will now make it for them.  And the government has made that choice and decided that every American will have to pay for health care insurance whether they want to or not.  For an administration that has always been extremely pro-choice, this is a complete switch to say they are not pro-choice in this aspect.
As far as pro-choice goes, let’s consider the standing of the present administration.  They are pro-abortion which means that they think it is okay to kill children as a form of birth control.  They also believe that it is wrong to use the death penalty to kill convicted murderers and rapists.  If they are all for allowing abortion, then why don’t they require women to carry abortion insurance or make it to where they have a special tax on anyone who has an abortion instead of using our taxpayer dollars to fund the killing of children?
We are rapidly becoming a country that has lost everything it used to stand for.  We have no recourse any longer because our Supreme Court can no longer be depended on to protect us from the liberals.  The only possible recourse that we have now is to vote another President into office come this November.  It will be a tough fight considering all of the illegal aliens that the President is going to allow to vote so we will have to really turn out the conservatives this November in order to win.
It is time for the conservatives to spring into action and save our country.  Remember in November.  I vote!! Do you?
Doug Chambers is the Publisher of Greenwood Newspapers, Inc. which currently publishes four newspapers across central Indiana.  His column Things That Trouble Me is currently syndicated in newspapers throughout the Midwest. You may reach Doug at news@indychallenger.com.   You can follow “Things That Trouble Me” as well as all Challenger Newspapers on Facebook.
© 2012, Greenwood Newspapers, Inc.
www.challengernewspapers.com

********************************************************************************************************

Show Me Your Papers
6/27/2012
            In a landmark decision by the United States Supreme Court this past week, a major blow has been dealt to the Obama administration.  In the Arizona immigration case the Supreme Court threw out three provisions of the law, 1) requiring all immigrants to obtain or carry immigration registration papers, 2) making it a state criminal offense for an illegal immigrant to seek work or hold a job and 3) allowing police to arrest suspected illegal immigrants without warrants.
            The most important provision of the law was upheld by a unanimous vote and that was the “show me your papers” provision.  This provision of the law requires all Arizona police officers to check immigration status of all suspects.  I know that this seems like a no brainer to most of us but the Obama administration has never been a huge supporter of enforcing the laws that we have. 
            The “show me your papers” part of this law is a common sense approach to law enforcement that allows police to do what they do with everyone.  When you are stopped for a traffic violation, you have to show your driver’s license to prove that you have the legal right to drive a car on our streets.  When you go to your doctor’s office for an appointment, you have to show your insurance card to prove that you have the insurance that you claim is going to pay for the appointment.  When you are a suspect, you have to show your papers to prove that you are in this country legally.  Kind of a duh moment isn’t it?
            The upholding of this law will have effects on other states that have passed similar laws, such as Alabama, Georgia, Indiana, South Carolina and Utah.  These states have also felt the influx of illegal immigrants (criminals) in their states and therefore enacted this law to combat the influx of criminals into their state. 
            Arizona Governor Jan Brewer said the ruling marked a victory for people who believe in the responsibility of states to defend their residents. The case, she said, "has always been about our support for the rule of law. That means every law, including those against both illegal immigration and racial profiling. Law enforcement will be held accountable should this statute be misused in a fashion that violates an individual's civil rights."
            Justices Antonin Scalia and Clarence Thomas would have allowed all the challenged provisions to take effect. Justice Samuel Alito would have allowed police to arrest undocumented immigrants who seek work, and also make arrests without warrants.  Scalia, in comments from the bench, caustically described Obama's recently announced plans to ease deportation rules for some children of illegal immigrants.  "The president said at a news conference that the new program is 'the right thing to do' in light of Congress' failure to pass the administration's proposed revision of the Immigration Act. Perhaps it is, though Arizona may not think so. But to say, as the court does, that Arizona contradicts federal law by enforcing applications of the Immigration Act that the president declines to enforce boggles the mind," Scalia said.
            Here in Indiana, a lawyer who challenged Indiana's immigration law in federal court says the U.S. Supreme Court's decision blocking part of a similar law in Arizona shows the Indiana law is unconstitutional.  Ken Falk with the American Civil Liberties Union (also known as the American Criminal Liberties Union) of Indiana says the Indiana law goes further than the Arizona law because it allows police to arrest immigrants who haven't committed a crime.  I know that this is a new concept to anyone who is a member of the American Criminal Liberties Union, but if a person is in this country illegally, THAT MAKES THEM A CRIMINAL.  How can you say that they have not committed a crime?
            Mr. Falk goes on to say that the Indiana law is a "clear violation of the Fourth Amendment."  His theory on this is that if the police ask you for identifying information then that is an unreasonable search.  Apparently, since Mr. Falk always sides with the criminal on any issue, he believes that police should not be able to ask for a driver’s license either.  What is the difference between asking for a driver’s license or immigration papers if you have nothing to hide?  If you are in this country LEGALLY then there is no need to worry.
            It is time that we all quit coddling the criminals in this country and allowing them to run this country.  I, personally, have no problem with anyone of foreign origin coming to this country, living in this country or working in this country as long as they do it legally.  There is a proper way to enter our borders and that is the ONLY way that should be acceptable to law enforcement and also to our President and his administration.
            It is time that we take our country back to the principles that it was founded on stop the illegal and immoral decline that our country is steadily going through.  We need to put God back into our country we need to get back to following the Constitution when enforcing our laws.  That means criminals are criminals and should be dealt with accordingly.
            We have a very important election coming up in November and it is critical that all of us conservatives get out and vote.  It is likely that whoever wins the election will be appointing four justices to the Supreme Court in the next term.  Would you want President Obama to be the one who is appointing those justices?  Those appointments will likely determine the future of America and whether or not it has one.
            Remember in November!!  I Vote!!! Will you?
            Doug Chambers is the Publisher of Greenwood Newspapers, Inc. which currently publishes four newspapers across central Indiana.  His column Things That Trouble Me is currently syndicated in newspapers throughout the Midwest. You may reach Doug at news@indychallenger.com.   You can follow “Things That Trouble Me” as well as all Challenger Newspapers on Facebook.
© 2012, Greenwood Newspapers, Inc.

www.challengernewspapers.com

********************************************************************************************************

The Rising Cost Of Addicted Babies
6/20/2012
            Babies born with addictions to drugs such as cocaine, crack heroin or even prescription drugs always have a hard time.  The number of these addicted babies has risen in the United States to triple the number from as little as a decade ago.  Approximately 3.4 out of every 1,000 infants born suffered from some type of drug withdrawal due to the abuse of these drugs by their mothers during pregnancy.  That's about 13,539 infants a year, or one drug-addicted baby born every hour.
Unlike in the 1980s and 1990s, when hospitals saw a surge in babies born addicted to crack cocaine, many newborns today arrive hooked on powerful prescription painkillers, such as Vicodin and Oxycontin.  The CDC has flagged prescription-painkiller abuse as a major health threat, noting that these drugs now cause more overdose deaths than heroin and cocaine combined. And the problem is getting worse.   Many of these mothers tell their doctors they didn't realize prescription painkillers could harm their babies, perhaps because the drugs are technically legal
The drugs used by the mother go through the mother’s placenta and is turned into a fat-soluble substance.  It becomes too heavy to leave and circulates over and over again in the baby’s system. The baby continues getting high.  Most babies born with drug addiction usually withdraw from the drugs after about 72 hours. But with crack cocaine, it's different. Babies born addicted to this drug don’t start suffering withdrawal symptoms until they are about eight weeks old. Then the withdrawal process can last for up to two years.
What should a woman do if she finds herself addicted to drugs and pregnant?  She should do everything in her power to stop taking drugs.  It has long been known that whatever a woman takes in pregnancy will almost always cross over to the unborn child.  Alcoholic mothers greatly increase their baby’s risk of alcoholics developing Fetal Alcohol Syndrome.
Children born to women battling drug addiction are not only at risk of becoming dependent on drugs.  They can have a smaller birth weight.  They can have problems with sleeping and with developing mentally which is a catch-22 if a mother is drug addict because she can also abuse the child due to her own psychological problems, high expectations and lack of patience.
Treating drug-addicted newborns, most of whom are covered by the publicly financed Medicaid program, cost $720 million in 2009.  The country has an obligation to help these newborns, who "have made no choices around drug abuse and addiction" and are "the most vulnerable and the most blameless" members of society is often stated as the mantra of the liberal agenda.  My thoughts on this are that when a woman is given a pregnancy test, she should also be given a drug test.  If that drug test is positive, then the mother to be should be monitored closely by either a doctor ar law enforcement to make sure she gets the help that is needed but also to make sure that the baby is not getting drugs that are not needed.  While this type of policing is bound to be costly, at least in the initial stages, it is sure to wind up saving taxpayer dollars down the road.
If it has been established that a child’s development has been affected, much can be done to correct it, or deal with it in ways that can help the child learn and progress more effectively.   If you are pregnant and on drugs or alcohol, then the best thing you can do as a parent is to get help immediately, not just for yourself but for your child as well.  If more women can start now with policing their own lives and doing the right thing, then we may be able to stop the problem without the government getting involved.
Whichever way it goes, we have got to stop killing and injuring our children in the process of “enjoying” ourselves while pregnant.  It is a fact that the majority of these addicted babies are born to mothers who are living on public assistance in the first place and this only renews the call for anyone who accepts public assistance to be drug tested and be clean prior to receiving ANY public assistance. 
Requiring drug testing to obtain public assistance would stop a lot of the problems in this country.  No longer would it be acceptable for people to sit around and drink beer and do drugs instead of getting a job and working.  And for those who say that requiring a drug test is a violation of your rights, baloney.  If I have to get a drug test in order to go to work to support you then you should be required to get one in order to take my money!
            Let’s all remember this in November and go out and vote for the conservative candidates who are looking out for taxpayer rights instead of the liberals who are looking out for the criminal and welfare bums rights
Remember in November, I vote!! Do you?
            Doug Chambers is the Publisher of Greenwood Newspapers, Inc. which currently publishes four newspapers across central Indiana.  His column Things That Trouble Me is currently syndicated in newspapers throughout the Midwest. You may reach Doug at news@indychallenger.com.   You can follow “Things That Trouble Me” as well as all Challenger Newspapers on Facebook.
© 2012, Greenwood Newspapers, Inc.
www.challengernewspapers.com

********************************************************************************************************

What Happened To Religious Freedom?
6/13/2012
            What has happened to our religious freedom in this country?  We are continuously harassed by lawsuits that restrict the freedom of religion of Christians.  Now it seems that any Christian business is going to have judges that tell them that they cannot uphold their own religious beliefs in business dealings and that Christian businesses will have to do business with anyone and anything that violates their religious beliefs.
            It used to be that if you owned a business and did not take any money from the government to run your business then that was your business and you could run that business in any manner you chose to.  It now appears that if you own a business you will have to submit to government religion guidelines.  Bluntly stated, this means that you will be ordered to do business with someone even if it is against your religious beliefs.
            In 2006 in Albuquerque New Mexico, the Elane Photography Company was contacted and requested to provide photography services for an upcoming wedding.  The owners of the photography company, Jon and Elane Huguenins politely declined the business after being informed that the upcoming wedding ceremony was a lesbian wedding.  No reason was given they just declined the invitation to shoot the wedding.
            However, as with all homosexuals who do not get their way when demanding special rights, the lesbian couple filed a complaint against the photography suit claiming that the couple violated their special rights by refusing to photograph the wedding and the Human Rights Council of New Mexico agreed and fined the studio six thousand dollars.
            Last Monday, the New Mexico Court of Appeals upheld the ruling that the Huguenins were guilty of sexual orientation discrimination under state anti-discrimination laws writing that the Ku Klux Klan is not protected but sexual orientation is protected.  The court further proclaimed that the owners of Elane Photography MUST accept reasonable regulations and restrictions imposed upon their commercial enterprise despite their personal religious beliefs that may conflict with these governmental interests and that government interests trump religious beliefs.
            WOW!!!
            First of all, I would think that if a lesbian couple called a photography studio and asked them to shoot their “wedding” and were told no because of religious beliefs, the simplest remedy would be to call another photographer.  The fact that they pursued this particular company tells me that the company was targeted to begin with.  But why would they want someone to shoot their wedding that they know would not view it as a wedding but a travesty against their religious views.  If I were them, I would fear that the company would now take on the assignment and then do a terrible job and totally botch the pictures.  At that point, the “couple” would be left without photos of the “wedding” and the worst the company would be liable for is a return of payment tendered for the service.
            More importantly, however, is the fact that a judge actually ruled that a private business has to violate their religious views and relinquish their right to religious to conform to government standards. This is exactly the reason that the second amendment to the United States Constitution was passed so that we would never be forced to submit to the government in violation of our religion.  The forefathers must be turning over in their graves right now as they are hearing this gross violation of the second amendment. 
            I wonder, however, what would have happened if this had been a Muslim couple that owned this photography studio.  Would the ruling have been the same by the court of appeals?  Would they have ruled in favor of the lesbians over the state sponsored religion of Islam if the only difference in circumstance was that the business owners were Muslim?  I do not believe so.  I believe that the government in this country has gone so far to the left that these ridiculous laws that violate the Constitution apply only to Christians and Christian owned business.  That is a sad commentary for a country that was founded primarily on the basis of freedom of religion.  But then the government of this country has all but thrown out the Constitution anyway.  It no longer governs based on the Constitution and has created its own socialist government to replace the Constitution. 
            As the bumper sticker on the back of my truck says “Legalize the Constitution”.  It is time that we, the people, got off of our duffs and did just that.  Let’s all stand up and demand that our government legalize the Constitution and get back to following the wisdom and common sense of that document.  Let’s demand that our government get back to the basic and stop trying to tell us how to live our religion.  Our business is our business and we should be able to say we don’t want to violate our religion.  You will NEVER see an ad in any of our newspapers for ANY gay related functions or services. Not gonna happen. I do not care what the United States Government says. We answer to a higher authority and the US government will NEVER tell us that we have to violate it.
            One last thought on this entire mess.  I promise that if I ever call any company and am told that they do not want my business because I am a heterosexual, I promise not to sue them but to just call another company.  I would not want to appear as though I were a hypocrite.
            Doug Chambers is the Publisher of Greenwood Newspapers, Inc. which currently publishes four newspapers across central Indiana.  His column Things That Trouble Me is currently syndicated in newspapers throughout the Midwest. You may reach Doug at news@indychallenger.com.   You can follow “Things That Trouble Me” as well as all Challenger Newspapers on Facebook.
© 2012, Greenwood Newspapers, Inc.
www.challengernewspapers.com

************************************************************************************************

Why Are People Afraid Of Christians?
6/06/2012
            Why is everybody so scared of Christians?  I know that this sounds like an inane question but it is something that has been weighing on my mind lately.  As a group we are fairly fun loving people who are just like everyone else that we associate with the only difference being that we love our God and try to live our daily lives in accordance with the way He would want us to.  So why are people so scared of us.
            So your obvious question to me is “who is afraid of the Christians?”  Well, let’s look at that.  The atheists are afraid of us and you can tell that because they are always attacking our Christianity and saying that our God does not exist.  Now on the other side of that, I cannot remember a time when a group of Christians got together and went to court to prevent the atheists from not worshiping and demanding that they accept that God DOES exist!  If they are not afraid of Christians, then why are they always attacking us and suing us and telling us that OUR God does not exist?  Why can’t they just look at us and say “you guys are stupid but if you want to believe that nonsense it will be your loss”?  Actually if they are taking their stand that there is no God they had better hope that they are right or they will be sitting in the smoking section of the afterlife!
            Then there are the homosexuals who have their own agenda.  But why are they afraid of us Christians?  They are constantly fighting and arguing for rights that they are not eligible for.  They want the right to be married. They say that it is wrong to deny them the same rights as heterosexuals. This is absurd.  Gay people have exactly the same rights as heterosexual people do.  Homosexuals have the same right to marry a person of the opposite sex that heterosexuals do.  A homosexual will tell you that marriage should not be based on religion and held to one man and one woman but should be allowed by anyone.  What an argument.  How can you argue that marriage should not be based on religious values when marriage has never been state sanctioned but was grounded in the founding of this country based on the words of God and the Bible.  Marriage was not created by a bunch of politicians and voted into law.  Marriage was created by God himself and therefore since God created marriage then it is a religious value and will be one man and one woman for those who believe that there is a God.  What the homosexuals are asking for is not the same rights as heterosexuals but they are asking for SPECIAL rights.  Once the homosexuals get their way, then the battle will begin for bestiality right and marriage being redefined by that group to declare the marriage definition to declare that marriage is also good for one man one dog, or one woman one donkey.
            And why are all the pro-choice people so afraid of us Christians?  Well this one is a little more understandable.  In the Ten Commandments it says “Thou Shalt Not Kill” so if they accept that there is a God then they would have to accept that abortion is illegal.  And yes, I have heard all the arguments so let’s look at them. It is the woman’s body and she should have the choice.  This is really the only argument that the abortion crowd uses so let us look at it in depth. First of all, the very core of this statement is untrue.  That body belongs to God and He is allowing the woman to use it.  Second of all, it is not the woman’s body that we are even talking about.  The woman’s body is merely a safety deposit box for short term storage of one of God’s greatest treasures.  An abortion has nothing to do with a woman’s body, It is all about destroying the body of a young child but I never hear anybody standing up and saying that it is the baby’s body and the baby should have the choice. HMMM… I wonder what the baby would choose.
            And let’s examine this the other way.  If my next door neighbor came over and said, “I mixed up this cake and got it into the pan but I do not have an oven, could I bake this cake in your oven. And suppose that I said yes and then put the cake in the trash after the neighbor left, would everyone be happy with that.  Well you say it was her cake.  Yes it was but it was my oven so I get the choice.  The point in this is that it takes to people to make a baby and only one to DESTROY it and that is not correct either.  If there was a law that the father had to give consent to an abortion then the abortion rate would drop dramatically.
That is why all of these people are always afraid of us Christians.  It is because we remind them of how selfish they are and we remind them that there is a real God out there and that they are not obeying Him.  I learned a thing or two about selfishness over this past weekend.  It made me realize why selfishness is bad and why God is there to save us with His Grace.  If we could just get those who are afraid of us Christians to learn a little about the pitfalls of selfishness, maybe they would cease to be afraid of Christians and begin to live life again.
            Doug Chambers is the Publisher of Greenwood Newspapers, Inc. which currently publishes four newspapers across central Indiana.  His column Things That Trouble Me is currently syndicated in newspapers throughout the Midwest. You may reach Doug at news@indychallenger.com.   You can follow “Things That Trouble Me” as well as all Challenger Newspapers on Facebook.
© 2012, Greenwood Newspapers, Inc.
www.challengernewspapers.com

************************************************************************************************

What Is Memorial Day
5/30/2012
            As Memorial Day has just passed, I hope that you had the opportunity to do something that reflects the meaning of the holiday.  After all, Memorial Day is not just another three day weekend that is given to us by our government.  Memorial Day has always been a time to remember our fallen heroes and those who have fought for our freedom.
            While our current government may entice us into believing that America is at fault for everything bad that has happened in the world, most of us have enough common sense to realize that a view such as that is simply the misguided thinking of an elected idiot pushing his outrageous views of a minority onto the majority of Americans.  Putting a Muslim in the White House is kind of along the same lines as putting the proverbial wolf in charge of the henhouse.
            In spite of our current government, I hope that the majority took some time to reflect on what our country would be if not for the brave men and women who have fought for our freedoms and to protect us from our enemies.  I know that we still have one of the best and brightest military forces on the planet.  I know that if there is any possibility that America is about to be attacked by outside forces and our military has any knowledge of it, they will respond by being on the offensive and put a stop to it before it has a chance to happen.
            I think that we have all gotten to the point that we take our military for granted for the sacrifices that they make to protect us.  They train in some of the worst conditions that include horrible weather, bad food and being shot at in order to make them ready to enter into harm’s way in countries such as Afghanistan, Pakistan, Iraq, Yemen, Somalia and many other countries where we go to defend the citizens of a country that may hate us for even being there.  Most of them would rather we just give them money than providing them with protection.  Some of them hate America so much that we should probably not be there to start with.
            No matter whether we should be there or not, our military heroes are always on the ready and will ship out to whatever destination that they are needed, sometimes on a moment’s notice.  They will leave behind their wives, husbands, children and other family and friends for the soul purpose of defending our country and allowing you and I to have the freedom to worship God, the freedom to speak our feelings, the freedom to read newspapers that are not restricted in what they print by the government and the right to bear arms as the United States Constitution grants to us.
            There has been a lot of talk in the last few years about the Constitution being trampled on and a lot of that is true.  I, myself, have a bumper sticker on my truck that says “Legalize the Constitution”.  The point as this relates to Memorial Day is that we, like any country, have our internal problems with a government that is trampling on our rights and freedoms but that is something that we Americans will handle ourselves.  We are not looking for any help to come from outside this country and deal with our problems.  History has shown that we can deal with them ourselves.
            Our military forces, however, are the world’s elite and always there to defend us against the foreign powers that may think that they need to come into our country and fix the problems that we have or force their ways and beliefs upon us.  We know that this will never be achieved because of the dedication and strength of our military.  Our cemeteries are filled with fallen soldiers that have given the greatest sacrifice in order to make America free and to keep her that way. 
Let’s keep Memorial Day as a weekend to remember all of our heroes in the military but at the same time, let’s make sure that we acknowledge those that are still here on a daily basis.  Let’s be sure that when we see them we thank them for their service.  Let’s shake their hand or pat them on the back and tell them we appreciate the sacrifices that they make.
It is important to them to understand that we know that they make those sacrifices and that we appreciate them.  Someday it could be a member of your family that is out there fighting for our country and I am sure that you would want all Americans to treat your family with that respect, especially since they are treated with hatred in other parts of the world.
Let’s all stand up and make sure that our military get the respect they deserve and make sure that we, as citizens of the greatest country in the world, let them know that every chance we get.
            Doug Chambers is the Publisher of Greenwood Newspapers, Inc. which currently publishes four newspapers across central Indiana.  His column Things That Trouble Me is currently syndicated in newspapers throughout the Midwest. You may reach Doug at news@indychallenger.com.   You can follow “Things That Trouble Me” as well as all Challenger Newspapers on Facebook.
© 2012, Greenwood Newspapers, Inc.

************************************************************************************************

When Will Schools Teach Common Sense?
5/23/2012
            It is important that our children are educated in several subjects that are necessary for them to achieve the ability to function in life and to become self-supporting instead of being a burden on society.  That is why we have schools to send them to in order to receive that education.  But what happens when the schools that we send our children to lose all sense of life and social skills that our children need to learn in order to survive?  What happens when our schools cannot teach our children how to use common sense because the school itself has lost all common sense?
            Cascade High School in Clayton Indiana has just become the latest school to suspend students for a non-event that our schools are becoming more and more intolerant of. 
            The tradition of senior students picking out, planning and performing a senior prank goes back more years than I can remember.  My senior class performed a senior prank thirty-five years ago by surrounding the high school with our cars so that underclassmen and school busses could not enter for school.  I remember that our principal stood in the parking lot and watched as his school was shut down by the seniors on prank day.  I watched as he laughed until about fifteen minutes after the start time for school and then he wandered out to the street, started going car to car and shaking hands with the seniors, or patting them on the shoulder and telling them it was cute and it was fun but now it was time to park the cars and get into school to finish our education.
            No police were called.  No suspensions were given.  No one was even called to the principal’s office to receive a reprimand.  They just do not make school administrators the way they used to.
            At Cascade High School, the senior prank that was designed by six students was to take twelve thousand Post It notes and place them on the windows and walls of the school.  This prank was done with the approval of a school board member who provided a key to the building and under the supervision of a school custodian who was with the students to make sure that they did not do anything that would provide any kind of hazard to the property or to the students and teachers the following morning.  In my opinion, this was a harmless prank and has been blown way out of proportion by a school superintendent with a god complex and a serious lack of common sense.
            Six students were initially suspended for the prank by the school superintendent.  This provoked such uproar among the other students who decided to put some of their education from government and history classes about the right of peaceful assembly and protest and decided to protest the actions of the superintendent by staging a peaceful sit-in in the school gymnasium.  Fifty-seven additional students were suspended by the superintendent for staging the sit-in under the guise that they were disrupting class.
            Where was the common sense in this?  What was this superintendent thinking as he was throwing his weight around and playing god and dictator.  I would have thought that a little common sense would have been used to laugh and say nice prank, now you kids clean up the Post-It notes and let’s get back to learning. Case closed.  Instead, by suspending the kids for a harmless prank, the rest of the students were now in anger mode and none of the students were learning anything. 
I would normally say that there were two days of school lost here for most students except for one thing.  Teachers must have been beaming with pride as they watched their students stage a sit-in against the superintendent.  Instead of the norm for today and going out to get guns and shooting up the school or coming back at a later time and destroying school property, these student actually decided to show the superintendent that they had been paying attention in school and learning about our constitution and the right to peaceful assembly and protest.  They did nothing to provoke any violence.  They did nothing to force administrators to call police. There were no threats, name calling or disrespect.  They simply entered the gym and sat.  And for this they were all suspended.
I think that we should all be proud of the way this situation was handled by the students and they should be commended for their restraint and professionalism.  Perhaps the school superintendent could learn a few things from the students in the lessons of civility and common sense.
            Children are going to be children and they are going to perform pranks at various times in their life either to have a little fun or to blow off some steam.  It is vital that we teach our children that it is okay to pull a prank once in a while as long as the prank is safe and will not harm others or anyone’s property.  School administrators need to learn that each situation is different and sometimes formal action needs to be taken but also that sometimes as those who are instructed with the care and education of our children need to use a little common sense and be able to laugh and say “good job, now let’s get back to work”.  I believe that this is one of those times for a good laugh and be proud that our kids were mature enough to decide on something simple and safe, and to ask for adult supervision.
            Let’s get these kids back to school and reverse the firing of the school custodian and get on with the common sense business of teaching our children.
            Doug Chambers is the Publisher of Greenwood Newspapers, Inc. which currently publishes four newspapers across central Indiana.  His column Things That Trouble Me is currently syndicated in newspapers throughout the Midwest. You may reach Doug at news@indychallenger.com.   You can follow “Things That Trouble Me” as well as all Challenger Newspapers on Facebook.
© 2012, Greenwood Newspapers, Inc.
www.challengernewspapers.com

************************************************************************************************

Hedge Funds Or Slot Machines, Where Would You Invest
5/16/2012
            If you had more money than you knew what to do with, where would you invest your money?  If you were a practical person, you would probably seek advice from a qualified financial planner on the various ways to invest your savings.  You would probably consider diversifying into some stocks, maybe some bonds, a few mutual funds and maybe a small portion you might gamble on some hedge funds for a shot at the big win.
            Hedge funds are the rich man’s slot machines.  They offer a way to invest money in a highly risky fund for a chance to win a bigger than normal windfall than money invested in more conventional means.  The problem with these funds is twofold. One, they are risky and if you lose. You could lose very big (ask JP Morgan Chase bank) and two, those who invest money in these funds are usually investing other people’s money (ask JP Morgan Chase Bank).
            As we all have been hearing for the past week, JP Morgan Chase Bank has used this strategy and suffer a huge loss to the tune of two billion dollars and this loss could grow by another one billion in the next quarter.  Analysts have stated that JP Morgan Chase Bank is well positioned to absorb this kind of a loss because they have three hundred eighty billion dollars in cash.
            What I believe that most people who are hearing this immediately believe is that everything is okay because they have all this money so it will not hurt them.  In some aspect, that is correct because it will not hurt JP Morgan Chase Bank.  However, the money that JP Morgan Chase Bank has in cash we must remember is not theirs, but our money.  The customers.  That money belongs to those who have safeguarded their money to the trust and care of JP Morgan Chase Bank, which has gone on a gambling spree with that money.
            JP Morgan Chase Bank is appalled that people would call for tighter regulations on the gambling (investing) of the customer’s money stating that they have bank trading practices under control. 
            This is all well and good except that this has been the stated stance that the banking has stood on for years and it has already led to one collapse that caused a socialist Obama administration to throw billions of dollars at only to find the executives using the tarp money to fund huge bonuses to their leaders and then turn around and cripple small business (the backbone of this country) by stopping financing to them.
            While I am not a big fan of government interference and involvement in any business, I do believe that when companies such as JP Morgan Chase Bank are entrusted with the money of a majority of the country, there needs to be some responsibility from the bank.
            Announcing that three top executives will be resigning in the wake of this blunder is not sufficient.  In order for a blunder of this magnitude to occur, I would believe that some law had to be broken. I feel that there needs to be a full blown investigation of JP Morgan Chase Bank by federal authorities and the results of this investigation need to be released to the public at the end of the investigation.
            I also feel that Jaime Dimon, Chief Executive Officer of JP Morgan Chase Bank, should be fired immediately.  No matter if he had anything to do with the “blunder” or not. He is the chief and his Indians screwed up royally.  The buck should stop at his desk.  Dimon should have had better personnel in place and better controls on customer money and the investing strategies that are covered by the bank’s responsibilities.
            In short, the government will do nothing about this “blunder” because it will not benefit the government in any way to do so.  It will be overlooked unless there is such a public outcry that it forces them to do something.
            This is a “blunder” that is probably left to the people to deal with any way. We have more power than the government to deal with this situation.  If we start to withdraw our money from JP Morgan Chase Bank, they will feel the result.  If we pull out enough money from the bank, they will then suffer as much as we do and if we continue to pull our money out of JP Morgan Chase Bank until it is all gone, we could cripple the largest bank in the country.  While that in itself would only accomplish putting a bank out of business, the message that it would send to the remaining banks would be heard loud and clear.  That message would be that if you use our money in foolish ways, we will put you out of business.  We did it to the largest bank in the country and we can do it to you, so use our money wisely.
            Banks, as with any business, are at the mercy of their customers and when they get to the point that they are so large that they think that their customers cannot do anything to hurt them, then it is time to learn a lesson in economics.
            As for government regulations, still not a big fan but if that is the only way to get Wall Street to behave, then maybe it is time.
            Doug Chambers is the Publisher of Greenwood Newspapers, Inc. which currently publishes four newspapers across central Indiana.  His column Things That Trouble Me is currently syndicated in newspapers throughout the Midwest. You may reach Doug at news@indychallenger.com.   You can follow “Things That Trouble Me” as well as all Challenger Newspapers on Facebook.
© 2012, Greenwood Newspapers, Inc.
www.challengernewspapers.com

************************************************************************************************

Mud Wrestling In The USA
5/09/2012
            It seems that in these times of a bad economy and high unemployment rates that mud wrestling would be the last thought on anyone’s mind, least of all our governmental officials and those running for those positions.
            It seems, however, that the politicians have all jumped into the mud pit these days for a little (or a lot) of mud wrestling in their quest to join the stench of our political branches.  The problem with all of this mudslinging is that they cannot get rid of the stench of the mud by simply taking a shower.  Then when they go to work with each other, they have become such mortal enemies that they cannot work with each other.
            I hear most of the politicians screaming about campaign finance reform and I am all for that but I think that campaign reform in the area of ethics and etiquette would be more in order.  It is time to get back to the basics of running on a platform of what a candidate will do for his (or her) constituents instead of constantly telling us how bad the other guy is.
            By far, in the state of Indiana, the primary campaign between two republicans was the worst of the mud wrestling thus far during this electoral season.  The Richard Mourdock campaign started the mud bath early with accusations that Dick Lugar had not lived in Indiana for thirty-five years.  While this may be true we must consider that we, the Indiana taxpayers, elected him to work in Washington DC and that would be a hefty drive to make every day for work.  Where exactly was he expected to live?
The Lugar campaign finally came back with a vengeance with the accusations that Mourdock did not attend the board meetings that Hoosiers pay him to attend.  To be frank and honest, most leaders appoint someone under them to attend these meetings and report back to them on the business conducted.  This is standard procedure for ALL administrators.
            I would much rather hear Mourdock spend his time telling me what he was going to do, if elected, to change the lives of all Hoosiers.  What he was going to do to repeal Obama care, how he planned to introduce bills to create jobs and lower spending in our country in order to improve the economy, If he planned to fight the attack on the federal defense of marriage act and how he would assist in the fight to stop the daily murders of unborn children in our country.
            Instead of all these helpful items, all I heard was how bad the other guy was and that we should vote for one candidate or the other because their opponent was not qualified to hold office.
            In another interesting twist in the campaigns between David McIntosh, Susan Brooks and John McGoff, it seems that when McIntosh ran for Governor that Susan Brooks was out there telling all Hoosiers how qualified he was and that he was the most conservative candidate that Hoosiers had seen in a long time.  Now that McIntosh is running for the US House of Representatives, Brooks has decided that he is the worst possible choice.  According to her commercials, McIntosh is not qualified for much of anything.  This leads me to believe that Susan Brooks cannot be trusted and when that is put alongside her continuing support of the Planned Parenthood abortion factories would tell me not to vote for her for any office including dog catcher.
            Now that the primary elections are over it is time for the real campaign to begin.  I have seen the intent to make the mud wrestling even worse even before the primaries were over.  Indiana Democratic Chairman Dan Parker made a statement on the announcement that presidential Candidate Mitt Romney was coming to Indiana for a campaign fundraiser.  Parker’s statement said that Mitt Romney owed Hoosiers an apology for his opposition to the auto rescue package (can you say bailouts) that pushed Chrysler into Italian Ownership and along with General Motors to close thousands of auto dealerships and put thousands out of work across our country.
            I would think that Hoosiers should receive the apology from President Obama for firing the CEO of General Motors and forcing thousands of workers to lose their jobs when dealerships were forced out of business by the Presidents bailout package.
            This bit of mudslinging by Parker was undoubtedly the mild beginning of what is to come over the next six months and it will certainly be worse than the primary campaigns.
            Whether republican or democrat, I personally have a hard time voting for candidates that can only throw mud and defame the other candidates.  If you want my vote, be nice, tell me what YOU will do for your constituents and let me hear YOUR stand on the issues.  If the other guy is bad, chances are that I already know that and I do not need to hear it from you.  Just tell me what you will do.
            We are destroying our country with all of the political mud wrestling because when the election is over, all of you candidates have to go back and work with each other and that is usually what prevents the spirit of camaraderie when it is time to work together for whatever is best for the country.
            Let’s all get together and decide that we will run clean races for awhile and see if that helps our country pull together again and accomplish what we need to in order to make our country safer, build our economy back to the good times and work on eliminating poverty for those who want a better life and are willing to work for it.  In other words, let’s all be nice and get back to the American Dream.
            Doug Chambers is the Publisher of Greenwood Newspapers, Inc. which currently publishes four newspapers across central Indiana.  His column Things That Trouble Me is currently syndicated in newspapers throughout the Midwest. You may reach Doug at news@indychallenger.com.   You can follow “Things That Trouble Me” as well as all Challenger Newspapers on Facebook.
© 2012, Greenwood Newspapers, Inc.
www.challengernewspapers.com

************************************************************************************************

When Was The Recession Over?
5/02/2012
            While this column sometimes usually deals with news of a national nature, there comes a time when something local comes into play that needs to be dealt with because if it can happen here, then it can happen in your neck of the woods.  In Johnson County Indiana, there are two instances coming into play at the same time that require a closer look.
            The first item concerns libraries.  There are three library districts in Johnson County but two of them have been in the news recently.  The first is the Greenwood Public Library because it landed on the verge of bankruptcy and is in the process of performing fundraisers just to keep its doors open.  The other is the Johnson County Public Library system which has so much money that they have already the Taj Mahal of libraries in Trafalgar Indiana, a town of eleven hundred people.  Now the county library system is putting a resolution before the voters asking for permission to build a new library in Franklin Indiana at a cost of thirty million dollars when the current library that it will replace is still useable and in good condition.
            Meanwhile, The Greenwood City Library is struggling to keep its door open and the county government is struggling with layoffs and budget cutting and trying to keep up the same level of services without raising taxes.  Did somebody forget to tell the Johnson County Library system that we are in the middle of a recession and we are supposed to be tightening our belts?  While other agencies are cutting jobs and cutting budgets is not the time to go building multi-million buildings to store books in.  The books will store just fine in the building that is now in place. 
I guess that my proposal would be to cut the tax rate of the Johnson County Public Library system and use that money to add to some of the other Johnson County agencies that are struggling.  It seems that the county library system has not only enough money to operate but also has an excess of money from taxpayers that should probably be spread around to other areas that are needed on a more urgent basis. 
            Where I go to read or check out books is not as important as those books being there.  I would rather go to a twenty year old building that is functional and have my tax dollars spent to keep up other county services and other libraries instead of walking into a brand new state of the art Taj Mahal building with all of the fancy items to check out a book and have my police agency not be able to patrol my street because my tax money went to a new library instead of the needs of the police force.
            We are in a recession and now is not the time to be building big new library buildings.
            By the same token, when I was a young boy, I went swimming a lot of times in a large creek that had weeds on the bank and mud for a floor.  In my age of growing up we did not have anything like an aquatic center to go swim in.  Let’s face it, all you need to swim is a large hole that is filled with water.  It might be nice to have two or three fancy water slides to play on but this is not necessary in order to have a place for our kids to swim and take swimming lessons.
            The Greenwood City Pool has been closed before it ever opened this year.  It will be demolished later this summer.  It has been deemed unsafe because the bathhouse is falling apart.  I believe this to be a long range plan by the prior city administration that is being continued by the current administration.  If we do not repair the bathhouse at it needs it, then it will be determined to be unsafe and we will have to close the pool and then the residents will be more inclined to vote for an aquatics center.
            I think that the residents of Greenwood Indiana have made it fairly clear that they do not want to foot the bill for a big fancy aquatics center in Greenwood.  I think this was made clear during the two times that the city has tried to pass this through and the citizens have formed a remonstrance group that has defeated it both times.  I am sure that the city is now thinking that if we take away the residents pool for a year then they will vote for the aquatics center so that they have a place to swim.
            I think that the citizens of Greenwood are smarter than the city administration and when the subject comes up again, I think the residents will strike it down again.  Here is what I would like to see happen.  I think that the City of Greenwood should build a sensible swimming pool with a simple but functional bathhouse either on the same location or another location at a minimal cost to taxpayers.  After all, we are talking about a facility that will only be used about three months each year.  I might also consider a more elaborate pool if it were an addition to the Community Center so that it could be used year round. 
            The savings to the taxpayers could then be put to better use by using it to support the Greenwood Public Library which is used by most residents all year long and also is used by our children along with almost daily programs to teach our children.
            It is time for our government agencies to stop telling us to tighten our belts and make sacrifices and start leading us by example.  If we are struggling to pay our light bill and are being threatened with disconnection, we do not go by a brand new car just because we have the money in that budget.  We transfer that money to our light bill budget and pay that bill because it is more urgent and we do not need the new car just because the old car is three years old. 
Our government agencies need to learn to make the same type of sacrifices and start leading us by example.  If the government agencies started leading like most families operate, then I think we will start to see this recession begin to turn around and our lives will begin to get back to the way they were in the good economic times.  This is what we need in this city and the entire country.  When the government learns that it needs to operate like a budget conscious family, then we will head out of the recession, heading back to more prosperous times and on to a better country as a whole.  It all begins at the local level.
            Doug Chambers is the Publisher of Greenwood Newspapers, Inc. which currently publishes four newspapers across central Indiana.  His column Things That Trouble Me is currently syndicated in newspapers throughout the Midwest. You may reach Doug at news@indychallenger.com.   You can also follow “Things That Trouble Me” as well as all Challenger Newspapers on Facebook.
© 2012, Greenwood Newspapers, Inc.
www.challengernewspapers.com

************************************************************************************************

How Many Vacations Do You Take?
4/25/2012
            During this past few weeks as many across the country have taken time to go on vacation during the illustrious spring break season, including the daughter of Barrack and Michelle Obama, a lot of questions have been raised about the outlandish vacations and spending habits of the First Family.
            It seems that Michelle Obama has a fancy for expensive vacations that are costing the taxpayers millions of dollars at a time when our economy is faltering and we are being told to tighten our belts.  I don’t know about you but I am not in the mood to tighten my belt so that the President can take his family on another million dollar vacation.
            When questioned about the vacation whims of Michelle, President Obama became very defensive and declared that he has a family and families take vacation and they are just acting like a normal American family.
            Well, I take exception to that statement.  Rather than just calling it an outright lie, let’s examine a few facts about the First Family versus the average American family.
            First, the Obama’s have taken sixteen vacations in thirty-seven months.  That amounts to a vacation about every two and one half months.  I do not see the average American taking a vacation every two and one half months, and to be quite honest, I do not see any but a handful of the wealthiest American families vacationing that often.
            Secondly, I do not see the average American family EVER taking a family vacation that costs anywhere near a million dollars.  The President is helped by the fact that he does not have to burden the expense of his vacations as this is done by we, the taxpayers. 
            When the average American family goes on vacation, we may purchase plane ticket to fly coach to our destination.  This may cost upwards of a couple of thousand dollars for an average family of four.  That amount is peanuts compared to the sixty-eight thousand dollar per hour cost to fly the Presidents family around on vacation.  A four hour flight to a beach destination in California costs over a quarter million dollars or a ten hour flight to the Presidents favorite destination in Hawaii costing almost three quarters of a million dollars one way and a million and a half dollars roundtrip.
            If we travel to a foreign country (or allow our daughter to) and we want to provide her with sixteen armed bodyguards, we have to do so at our own expense while the President orders this done and the taxpayer to foot the bill for babysitting his daughter on spring break.
            These examples are plenty to be able to distinguish between the President, who believes he and his family should be treated like royalty, and those of us taxpayers who have to foot the bill. Who the President believes should be treated like peasants.  I am sure that the rest of us would like to take vacations every two to three months, especially if they were paid for by someone else.
            The real burn in the Presidents comes when, as he does with everything else, he tries to curve everything back to President George W. Bush.  His comment to the journalistic crew was that he does not take as much vacation as President Bush did.  While this is an outright lie, it should be pointed out that President Bush took two month long vacations each year of his presidency and the media and the National Democratic Party always cried foul and tried to say that the President should not take vacations so often. 
            Part of the difference is that President Bush used to take his vacations at the same place on a ranch in Texas every time, meaning the Secret Service only had to outfit it once and had to use minimal agents since the ranch was secure.  The other part was that President Bush used this ranch as a western White House and usually worked a good portion of every day that he was there.  This is nothing like the outlandish vacations that the Obama family has been taking since they came to power.
            It is time to stop the outlandish spending and wanting to be seen as royalty.  The President of this country is elected to be a servant to the citizens, not the other way around.  It is time to elect someone that is willing to act the part of servant and put them into the White House to stop the spiraling debt and bring some order back to our country.  It is time to elect someone who believes in the principles that this country was founded on instead of promoting the views of a minority group and forcing the majority to live by their standards.  It is time to elect a new face to the Presidency. A face we can depend on to represent the American people and stand on the Constitution of the United States. It is time to elect a new President that will stand up for ALL Americans and NEVER bow down to another country and who will do what is best for America.
            Remember in November!!
            Doug Chambers is the Publisher of Greenwood Newspapers, Inc. which currently publishes four newspapers across central Indiana.  His column Things That Trouble Me is currently syndicated in newspapers throughout the Midwest. You may reach Doug at news@indychallenger.com.
© 2012, Greenwood Newspapers, Inc.
www.challengernewspapers.com

************************************************************************************************

Who Pays Taxes?
4/18/2012
            Tis the time of year when all good Americans have to support their government.  Maybe not with their approval but with their financial support.  You see, it is tax time in America.  This year Americans received and extra two days as Tax day was on April fifteenth.  That was the final day for Americans to write their check to the government without penalty.
            That is why I think all federal elections should always be held on the fourth Tuesday of April so that citizens are voting while their tax bill is still fresh in their mind.
            Interestingly enough, as we all file our taxes, we note that if we are one day late in paying our taxes and we owe money, then the Internal Revenue Service charges us a steep penalty and high interest rate even though they have held billions of taxpayer dollars without paying interest to citizens.  The double standard between taxpayers and government does not stop there, however.
            It seems that from the day that the Obama administration took over the White House, there has been a nationwide call for a tax increase on those who have a higher income.  This is kind of a penalty for doing well.  This cry for higher taxes has been led by President on the government side and businessman Warren Buffet on the citizen side. 
            The call for the higher tax on those with higher incomes makes sense coming from President Obama as he is a socialist who is attempting every policy possible in order to try to destroy and bankrupt our country.  All socialists believe that the redistribution of wealth as necessary in order to keep citizens dependent on the government which in turn keeps the socialists in power. 
            That is why we need to elect a capitalist President in this country who understands that cutting taxes on those with higher incomes will cause them to turn around and invest their money in order to make more income and that in turn creates jobs that will ultimately bring in more tax dollars at a lower rate for everyone.
            The Warren Buffet angle is a bit more confusing because one would think that He would understand this philosophy until you realize that, eerily similar to the Presidents Treasury Secretary, Timothy Geitner, Buffet has not been paying his taxes as he should have and therefore these new higher taxes would not affect him.
            Now we see the President spending taxpayer money for Secret Service agents to take his daughter on spring break to a forbidden travel spot in Mexico and sending Secret Service agents to Columbia to party with prostitutes before he even arrives. 
It has often been said that one should lead by example.  Perhaps that is why the Director of the General Services Administration felt that there was no problem with throwing a party for employees in Las Vegas for his employees complete with prostitutes, booze and paid for with unlimited taxpayer dollars that was upwards of one million dollars.
Perhaps this is why the First Lady and the First Kids feel that it is okay to spend millions of taxpayer dollars on shopping trips around the world while taxpayers at home are losing their houses and their jobs due to budget cuts.
            Our President is running around the world on the taxpayers dole on a private jet that costs millions to maintain so that he can bow down to other countries and apologize for America to other countries.
Maybe this is why the Muslim countries want to kill us because our very own leader is apologizing for our way of life.  Maybe this is why they come to our country and try to turn our own laws against us and try to conform our society to do things their way because they have been told by our President that we are wrong and need to change.
This is the very same President that continually tells us that we need to tighten our belts and learn to live with less.  The very President that tells us that we need to give up our SUV’s and start driving small hybrid cars as his fifteen Chevrolet Suburban motorcade travel around any city he may be in backing up traffic and burning more gas in a day than most of us do in a year.
Lead by example is a term that has taken a backseat to this President.  Especially in light of news just released that the Obama’s reported an income of nearly eight hundred thousand dollars last year but paid a tax rate that was lower than President Obamas secretary.
If this President wants to lead by example, then how about he start by paying the tax rate that he is proposing for the rest of us instead of using the very same loopholes that he complains about to cut his tax rate to less than his secretary.
Or better yet, there is an election coming up in November.  Since our President has decided to lead with a do as I say, not as I do attitude, how about we go out and elect a new example to lead us.  Let’s find someone else to vote for that will lead by example and NEVER bow down to another leader unless it is Jesus Christ Himself.  Certainly not to a Muslim leader. 
It is time to stop the deterioration of our country and the moral decline and it is time to elect someone who will lead this country according to to United States Constitution instead of in spite of it.
Remember in November. I Vote!!! Do you?
            Doug Chambers is the Publisher of Greenwood Newspapers, Inc. which currently publishes four newspapers across central Indiana.  His column Things That Trouble Me is currently syndicated in newspapers throughout the Midwest. You may reach Doug at news@indychallenger.com.
© 2012, Greenwood Newspapers, Inc.

www.challengernewspapers.com

************************************************************************************************

Should The Easter Bunny Be Banned?
4/11/2012
      Should the Easter Bunny be banned from use at Easter time?  This is the Question that I was contemplating on Good Friday when our Church was providing a live depiction of the Crucifixion of Jesus Christ.
            Now I know that in most of the minds of my readers that this is a stretch to get from the crucifixion to the Easter Bunny.  To me, however, it is not that much of a stretch.
            You see, I have heard about the Easter Bunny all of my life but I have never SEEN the Easter Bunny.  I have seen human beings that have been dressed up to resemble what they think the Easter Bunny should look like.  But I have never actually SEEN a bunny that could be claimed as the Easter Bunny.
            Yet as I was growing up, I was told that the Easter Bunny existed and that I should just believe in him on blind faith.  I was told that if I believed in him, the Easter Bunny would come at Easter every year and hide plastic eggs with candy and money in them and bring me a big basket of candy to boot.
            So I believed in the Easter Bunny and sure enough, each and every year, I awoke on Easter Morning to find and Easter basket full of candy and plastic eggs filled with candy and money hidden around for me to find.
            Believing in the Easter Bunny is easy when you are a kid.  You are told he exists and what he will do and then he does it and confirms your belief. 
            Then you grow up and find out that the Easter Bunny never existed and that your parents made it all up and the Easter Baskets stop coming and the plastic filled eggs disappear.  The disappointment for a child is astonishing.
            Now you ask, how does this relate to Jesus and a live crucifixion depiction?  Well, it seems to me that the only reason that, as kids, we believe in the Easter Bunny is that our parents tell us to and we take our parents word for it and do as we are told. 
When it comes to Jesus, we are told to believe that He existed by eyewitness accounts of actual people that were there and saw Him and touched Him and actually saw Him perform miracles.  We are told all of this through the Word of God (the Bible) and we are provided with all of the teaching needed to show us the reason to believe in Him.
Yet the government is constantly trying to shut down any type of Christian religion and as many related activities as possible.  And lately, it seems that the main stream media has joined the effort by constantly blasting the Christian religion and promoting the Muslim religion as though this is the law of the land.
I see examples that God exists every day.  It is sad to me that so many people are ignorant in the truth and cannot see those same miracles.  Every beautiful sunrise or sunset is an example of a miracle to me. Every time I drive through the any of the majestic mountains in our country I see an example of a miracle.  Every time I board an airplane and get to walk off safe and sound in another state or country, I feel as though I have witnessed a miracle.
Miracles from God are all around us every day of every year of our lives.  Most of us see them and a few of us are ignorant to them and try to explain them away.
What I find interesting is that those who try to explain away the miracles of God are usually the most adamant at trying to convince their children to believe in the Easter Bunny on blind faith.
As Americans, if we are going to continue to allow the government to get away with limiting our religion and taking away our freedoms to worship our God and praise him in private and in public, shouldn’t we also force them to banish the Easter Bunny as well?
There is a much firmer foundation for belief in God than there is for the Easter Bunny and if the government is going to try to shake the foundation of God then they should shake the foundation of the Easter Bunny as well.
Let’s try that and see which one falls apart first.  Then let’s have all Christians stand up and tell the government that it is time to stop the persecution of Christians in our country. Let’s tell the government to go after the Easter Bunny instead.
            Doug Chambers is the Publisher of Greenwood Newspapers, Inc. which currently publishes four newspapers across central Indiana.  His column Things That Trouble Me is currently syndicated in newspapers throughout the Midwest. You may reach Doug at news@indychallenger.com.
© 2012, Greenwood Newspapers, Inc.
www.challengernewspapers.com

************************************************************************************************

What Happens When Bully Becomes Victim
4/04/2012
            This was an interesting question that I heard being discussed the other night.  The premise of the question is what happens when a bully becomes a victim.  Most people would say that this situation would never happen.  I say this has happened and we are in the middle of it right now as we speak.
            Down in Florida there are protests, calls for the resignation of a police chief, calls for the arrest and execution of a white man, once again, because he shot and killed a criminal, burglar, dope dealer who just happened to be black skinned.
            All of you liberal, thin skinned racists are out there protesting every day now spewing your propaganda about how a white man killed a poor innocent back child.  Trouble is,  every one of you knows the truth but see this as an opportunity to cause some unrest and once again stir up trouble in the media who will totally distort the truth so that they can sell more television time and ad space.
            And yes, I called those that are protesting racists.  This could not be any more clear.  If Jesse Jackson and Al Sharpton both show up, then the rest of the world knows that it is a gathering of racists. Now you ask, why would I say that when it was a black man that was killed. Have a seat and I will tell you. 
            You see, in this country we have a document called the Constitution.  And the Constitution says that all men are created equal.  If you read this clearly, it does not say all white men, it does not say all black men, it does not say all red or yellow or pink or blue or orange men are created equal.  It says that ALL men are created equal.
            Now I will be the first to agree that back before the civil war that black people were treated not as equals but as property and were bought and sold as such. And prior the sixties most black people were treated as something less than equal.  But people I am here to tell you that those times have passed. 
            The constitution says that all men are created equal and that all men should be treated equal.  But that does not happen in this country anymore because we have a whole class of people that listen to chronic racists such as Jesse Jackson and Al Sharpton. Any time either one of these men (term used lightly) opens their mouth they begin to spew out hate and racism.  Things like “our innocent little black child was murdered by a hate seeking white man” or this huge white ogre killed our poor innocent little black boy. 
            You see, all the racism comes out of the mouths of these racist black men who do not want people to live together in peace because that would severely hinder their fund raising and they might go broke in the process.
            When I first received the information on this tragic incident in Florida, I received the actual reports of what happened before the media money people got in on the deal and decided how to report the incident to help their bottom line.  This is what I first heard.  There was a neighborhood watch captain that was on patrol in his neighborhood who spotted a suspicious man wearing a hoodie walking through his neighborhood and acting in a manner in which he appeared to be high on drugs.  The neighborhood watch captain called 911 to report the suspicious character and then proceeded to follow this man to see where he went.  The man stopped, turned around and approached the neighborhood watch captain and asked why he was following him.  The neighborhood watch captain then advised the man that he had called the police and that they were on their way.  Then the man attacked the neighborhood watch captain who pulled his gun (for which he had a proper license) and shot the suspicious character in self defense during the struggle.  Upon the arrival of police, the neighborhood watch captain, according to police reports, was visibly shaken and upset that he had to use his gun and was crying.  When police searched the body of the man, his hand was in his trouser pocket and that pocket held a switchblade knife, which was illegal to carry, and in the other pocket they found a zip lock baggie with enough illegal drugs to classify him as a drug dealer.  How innocent this boy was.
            It was not until the next day that the news was broken with the race of either man. That is because race should not matter. The case here is – one man followed another man and after a confrontation one man reached for a switchblade and the other man pulled a licensed handgun and shot the first man in self-defense.  However, if reported that way it is not sensational enough to pull in readers or listeners or watchers which are needed to sell ad space. Therefore we enter the racist reporting.  Now all of a sudden, contradictory to the police reports, we have an unarmed black BOY that was murdered by a racist white man.  The pictures of this boy were pictures from when he was twelve and thirteen years old not the seventeen years that he was at the time he was shot.  It is also not true that he was unarmed.  A switchblade knife is considered a lethal illegal weapon that is a preferred choice of many criminals, including serial killers.  And this innocent boy was carrying enough illegal drugs that if stopped by police, he would have been arrested for possession with intent to deal.  Now how innocent is that.
            The racist part of this comes in because if the roles would have been reversed, these same black people that are starting this trouble in Florida would have been screaming for time to let justice be served, and allow the police to complete their justice.  Why is it that when a black man is arrested, everyone wants to let the police complete their investigation but when a white man kills a black man that all the black people want the white man arrested and executed and fire the police chief if he wants to do a complete and thorough investigation.
            Come on people, stop with all the racism and let the police do their job.  Let them investigate the death of one MAN by another MAN.  Let’s leave skin color out of it.
            Oh yeah, Jesse Jackson and Al Sharpton, GO HOME and shut up.  This country has enough problems without you guys creating more.
Doug Chambers is the Publisher of Greenwood Newspapers, Inc. which currently publishes four newspapers across central Indiana.  His column “Things That Trouble Me” is currently syndicated in newspapers throughout the Midwest. You can reach Doug via email at news@indychallenger.com.
© 2011, Greenwood Newspapers, Inc.
www.challengernewspapers.com

************************************************************************************************

Lead By Example?
3/28/2012
      When I was growing up, the job of a parent was to teach their children how to live and to grow up to follow the proper way to live. This meant our parents taught us how to treat other people, how to behave in public, and how to respect others.  The main way that parents taught their children was to lead by example.  In other words, the parents lived and acted the way they wanted their children to grow up and live and act.
            I am amazed by the sheer numbers of parents that raise their children today in the wrong way to live and act not only by the way they lead but also by directly teaching their to do something that is clearly wrong.  For instance, parents who teach their children their first words which are cuss words.  Do they really not understand that they will have to deal with this later in life when the calls from teachers start to come.  They may think it is funny now but how will they explain it to the teachers.
            I guess that the parents that are raising their children wrongly and to dismiss authority are led by an excellent role model in our President Barrack Obama and his wife Michelle in the way that they raise their children.  The difference is that they are not teaching their children to cuss but instead are teaching their children to live the life of an elitist, where the law applies to lower class people but when you are rich and powerful, the laws do not apply to you.  This is to be especially true if you manage to get into a position where the lower class peasants are forced to pay your way so you can save your wealth to flaunt it over the lower class.
            Case in point.  A national advisory in the form of a public safety advisory that warns students on spring break to avoid fourteen  of the thirty-one states in Mexico citing continued violence by drug cartels throughout the region.  It is the widest travel advisory issued by the United States since Mexico stepped up its drug war in 2006.  DPS Director Steven McCraw says Mexican drug cartel violence and other criminal activity represent a significant threat, even in some resort areas.
            In view of this advisory, I would not allow any child of mine to set foot into any part of Mexico for fear of what would happen to them.  Even in the case of college age children I would seriously discourage entry into Mexico.
            However, if you happen to be an elitist that can send an army into the country along with your child, I guess you can afford to allow them to go into dangerous territory.  This is especially true if you are not having to pay for that army because you can force someone else to pay for it against their will.
            So last week, Malia Ann Obama, age thirteen, along with twelve of her friends, were allowed to go to Mexico on Spring Break, without any type of parental supervision, and being guarded by twenty-five taxpayer paid secret service agents.  Malia and her friends will be staying in a downtown hotel in Oaxaca, a city known for its colonial architecture and native traditions.
            Can you imagine your thirteen year old coming to you and asking to go on a spring break vacation with twelve like aged friends and absolutely no parental supervision.  My child would never have gotten far enough to discuss taking secret service agents for protection because the answer would have been an automatic NO.  At that age, my child would not be going anywhere without parental supervision.  Now you might say that they had twenty five secret service agents to babysit them and this is true.  But this is where the elitism comes into play.  Why should I, the American taxpayer, pay twenty-five secret service agents to babysit someone else’s children?  This is not my responsibility and this does not qualify as parental supervision.  If someone (Malia) wants to sneak booze into her room and imbibe in a little tomfoolery with a boy that is handsome and friendly and a secret service agent tries to stop it, what happens when the little Obama says something to the effect of “I will tell my daddy you touched me and you will be fired”.  Now the secret service agent has to make a choice between letting little Malia self-destruct or losing his job.  This is a situation that calls for a parent to intervene, not a secret service agent.
            What happened to the good old days when parents raised their children instead of hiring someone else to do it for them? This is the true definition of an elitist.
            So once again the Obama family snubs their fellow Americans and tells us that the laws only apply to us lower class taxpayers and that they will do whatever they want and we will pay for it whether we want to or not.  This includes babysitting their children as they go on their elitist trips out of the country for school clothes shopping and vacations.
            It is time to put a stop to this type of wasteful spending of the taxpayer’s money and put this elitist family out of the White House and install someone who will lead our country by example.  That means when you are telling taxpayers to tighten their belts in this bad economy, our leaders will tighten their belts as well and lead by example.
            Remember in November!! I Vote!!
            Doug Chambers is the Publisher of Greenwood Newspapers, Inc. which currently publishes four newspapers across central Indiana.  His column Things That Trouble Me is currently syndicated in newspapers throughout the Midwest. You may reach Doug at news@indychallenger.com.
© 2012, Greenwood Newspapers, Inc.
www.challengernewspapers.com

************************************************************************************************

Want Some Of That Free Medical Care?
3/21/2012
      I keep hearing about all the rage in today’s politics which is usually centered on the FREE medical care that is coming under Obama care.  I have read the Obama care package and all of the hype that goes along with it.  Hype was a very good choice of wording.  Here is what I have learned.
            First of all, if a contractor knocks on your front door and says, “Hello, your house needs a new roof and I would like to put one on it for FREE”, what are we always told?
            If you go to a car lot with the intent to purchase a new car and the salesman comes out and says, “I know that you are looking for a sensible, gas saving car but I can get you into this brand new candy apple shiny red Chevrolet Camaro for FREE”, what are we always told?
            If you get a call from your mortgage company that says “we can refinance your mortgage and cut your payment in half and your new interest rate will be FREE”, what are we always told?
If you get an email from that notoriously famous Nigerian prince that wants to put fifty-eight million dollars into your bank account for FREE, what are we always told?
            If you receive a call from a liberal that says they want to give you FREE medical care for life, what are we always told?
            IF IT SOUNDS TO GOOD TO BE TRUE, THEN IT PROBABLY IS!!!
            This is always good advice to follow, but comes in especially handy when talking to liberals.  I have learned long long ago that nothing in life is free except for God’s grace. And for all of you ACLU Atheist types out there, yes that was a reference to my Living God and his grace is free to you also even though you continually reject it.
Somewhere, by somebody, all of this FREE medical care has to be paid for.  I am here to tell you that the doctors are not going to work for FREE and the hospitals are not going to allow their facilities to be used for FREE. Ambulances and rescue units are not going to respond when needed for FREE.  Somebody is going to have to pay the bill.  Who do you think that someone is going to be?  It is going to be those of us who actually go out and work our butts off for a living instead of sitting home and getting paid to not work.
            I am sure that all of the liberals would have us to believe that we should be proud to be able to support all of those who choose not to work.  I am sure that they would tell us that this is the American way.  That it is a privilege to support all of the lazy people who choose to stay home and watch their brand of soap opera, or stay up all night and sleep all day while the rest of us work to support them.
I am here to tell you that this is not the American way.  The American way that this country is founded on is that you go out and you work hard and you are rewarded with a good comfortable life.  This does not include paying for beer for those who choose not to work and monthly checks to those who are too lazy to get up and go to work.
I realize that I am probably going to get letters telling me how cruel I am and that nobody CHOOSES to stay home but they cannot find a job and that is why they are not working.  This is what I commonly call a nice warm pile of BULLPUCKY.
These people that simply cannot find a job are the ones who voted for the liberal socialist “change” paraded out in the last presidential election so let me ask the age old question,” How’s that change working out for you?”  Most of these people are those who had cushy jobs for years and now that they are out of work and are finding out that the government will give them a paycheck every week for two years or more, why should they go find a job.  Unemployment has its benefits.  You do not have to work hard and you can’t be fired for anything for two years.
While on unemployment you get free food (What used to be food stamps but in order to take away the stigma attached we now give them a debit card so nobody knows), you get free medical care, both compliments of the working taxpayer, and sometimes they even get free rent and utilities, again compliments of the working taxpayer.
Sometimes I think maybe I would like to quit my job and live the FREE life and not have to work for a living but my problem is that I have too much dignity and pride to allow me to live off others.  So the next best thing is to try to lighten the load. 
My suggestion is this.  If you know of someone who is unemployed, tell them to go get a job and support themselves.  Tell them that you work hard for your money and you are tired of giving it to them.  If someone loses their job and really had no control over it, then we will help them temporarily, three or four weeks, but that is it.  I understand you used to make forty dollars an hour and you can’t find a job making that now.  Start out at fifteen and work your way up.  That is what you had to do the first time and that is what the rest of us had to do.
My other suggestion is to vote in the upcoming elections and make sure you do NOT vote for liberal change but vote for good conservative values.  Vote for someone who not only talks about good ethics and morals but also lives a good moral and ethical life.
And no more votes for change.  From now on we will only vote for changeback.  Back to a Constitution based government.  Back to the beliefs that our forefathers put in place for us.  Back to the true meaning of American.  Back to “WE The People” instead of “I am your government and you will follow”
Remember in November!  I Vote!!
            Doug Chambers is the Publisher of Greenwood Newspapers, Inc. which currently publishes four newspapers across central Indiana.  His column Things That Trouble Me is currently syndicated in newspapers throughout the Midwest. You may reach Doug at news@indychallenger.com.
© 2012, Greenwood Newspapers, Inc.
www.challengernewspapers.com

************************************************************************************************

Lucas Oil Stadium: Liquidation Sale
03/14/2012
      There appears to be a huge liquidation sale in progress at the Lucas Oil Stadium in downtown Indianapolis.  Already gone are Peyton Manning, a used quarterback with only fourteen years of use and some nicks under the hood.  Also up for grabs are Dallas Clark, tight end; Pierre Garcon, receiver; Joseph Addai, running back; Gary Brackett, linebacker; Melvin Bullitt, Safety; and Curtis Painter, back-up quarterback as all of these were released to free agency.
            Looking at this from a business standpoint it certainly makes sense to release all of these players to other teams.  If you are not planning on winning any games, then pay out huge salaries to star players when you can get bodies to stand on the field much cheaper.  Plus, your season ticket holders have already paid an enormous amount of money to see a first rate team play in the upcoming season only to learn they will probably be watching a third rate team but can’t get a refund.
            From my point of view, it would have made far more sense to keep the team that we have and draft Andrew Luck into the fold to learn the first year by watching Peyton and acting as his back-up.  This would have enabled Peyton to play another year and Andrew to learn the teams system. Then next year, Peyton and Andrew could have split the honors and the Colts would have two top flight quarterbacks to rely on, a veteran with experience to give and a rookie with time to learn. 
            The third year would be the year for Andrew Luck to shine as he would be able to lead the team on his own and Peyton could have slid into the role of quarterback coach.  This would have provided an interesting situation down the road if Luck ever was injured in a game.  Quarterback coach Manning could have ran to the locker room and suited up to become a player/coach.  With this scenario, the Colts have all their bases covered no matter what happened.
            Instead the Philadelphia Eagles transplant has decided that he knows better what the fans want and decided to have a fire sale.  And Jim Irsay just stands back pulling the strings and saying, I didn’t do it, the new general manager did it.”
            Maybe what they decided was to bring down expenses now that Manning was gone and release all of the high salaries to free agency and see if anyone wants to pick them up.  If they do at a lower salary, then the Colts only have to match that salary to keep them and if no one wants them as free agents, then the Colts can be in a better bargaining position to re-sign them at a lower salary.
            The one item that Mr. Irsay has neglected to consider is the fan reaction to a series of moves that look like a money grab by someone who doesn’t care about the fans.  If this is the case, then he will surely learn quickly that this was not a wise way to go.  And he better be right about his choice because if the Colts do not begin to win again soon, then the fans will bolt even faster.
            No matter where Peyton Manning ends up next season, he will always be the Indianapolis Hero as no matter who made the decision to bring him here, it will always be Manning that took Indianapolis from a loser to their first Super Bowl Championship.  Everyone knows that he did not do it alone, but Manning was the face of the Colts and will always be the Hero.
            Perhaps Mr. Irsay is just releasing all of the players because they were a team assembled especially for Peyton Manning and he wants to assemble a new team that is better suited to the talents of Andrew Luck.
            No matter what the motivation, we as fans are certainly not entitled to tell Mr. Irsay how to run his team since he is risking HIS money and we are risking absolutely nothing.  However, we are entitled to decide whether or not we want to support the decisions made by Irsay by decided to buy or not to buy a ticket to a ballgame. 
            Wherever Manning ends up playing, sooner or later, that team will play the Colts.  Jim Irsay better hope that he has made some right decisions by that time or he may find Lucas Oil Stadium becoming the home field for the opposing team as everyone stands to cheer when Peyton Manning is re-introduced at the house that Manning built.
            Doug Chambers is the Publisher of Greenwood Newspapers, Inc. which currently publishes four newspapers across central Indiana.  His column Things That Trouble Me is currently syndicated in newspapers throughout the Midwest. You may reach Doug at news@indychallenger.com.
© 2012, Greenwood Newspapers, Inc.
www.challengernewspapers.com

************************************************************************************************

Tornados Damage More Than Property
03/07/2012
      In the aftermath of the tornados that have just struck in the last week in Southern Indiana, we see the total destruction that can wreak havoc as a result of storms of this type.  Some of the damage from these storms is absolutely horrible and some of the damage turns out to be quite good.
            We have all seen the pictures and video from Marysville and Henryville that show the total decimation of these two towns.  The only structure still standing is a water tower that was somehow spared.  The pictures of the destroyed homes, businesses and schools leave most of us thankful that we did not live in that area.
            At last count there were fourteen men, women and children who died as a result of the tornados.  We have heard the stories of how children were yanked out of their mother’s arms and found hundreds of feet away and the toddler that was found alive in the middle of a field as the rest of her family had perished.  She later joined the rest of her family on the fatality list.
            Buildings can always be rebuilt and you almost always hear this from those who have lost everything except their family members.  They are thankful that the family was spared and will rebuild the home that was lost or the business location that was destroyed. 
            I have seen the picture of the Communion Table that was the only part of a Church building that was spared as a part of the congregation was huddled in the basement praying and all were safe and sound.  The Church is a building that can be rebuilt.
            As I watched the news coverage of the total devastation of these storms, I noticed that the television stations excelled at providing us with pictures and video of the people whose lives have been shattered.  This coverage was constant and choreographed to find as many survivors as possible who could be made to cry on live television.  Apparently these broadcasters have never suffered any kind of loss as this.  Enough damage has been done to these people, leave them alone instead of broadcasting their pain.
            I also noticed that the television stations turned their newscasts into telethons for disaster relief.  While I find this to be a noble cause, it disgusts me to see them hawking the misfortunes of others in order to make a name for themselves and their station.  These people have suffered enough, leave them alone.
            I have seen the coverage of the pathetic people that decided to take a more direct approach to inflicting pain on the suffering people and decided to drive to the area of destruction and commence looting these people who have already suffered a lifetime of loss.  I would not have a problem with the police in the area shooting all looters in the knee so they could not loot or run away anymore, and then going to court and taking everything they have.  Let them do some of the suffering.
            I see the National Weather Service taking days to delay insurance claims and disaster relief from the government as they scour the area in the aftermath to try to determine whether or not there was a tornado.  Hello.  There was a tornado!  Look at the video and pictures of the tornado that are on all the news stations and YouTube and see if you have any doubt.  Besides, what does it matter if it was tornados or straight line winds (which is a sideways tornado)?  Who cares? Let these poor people get on with the business of rebuilding their lives and stop the delays.
            The tornado related damage that was good?  Well, I have seen a lot of petty grievances put aside and forgotten as Hoosiers came together to help their neighbors. The total helplessness that comes with this type of destruction leads those who were involved to suddenly realize that the things that they were mad about are really pretty insignificant and they all pull together to help one another.
            Then there is the rest of the state, country and world.  As help pours in from all directions, it is amazing some of things that people will do to help out those in need.  One man just walked up and handed a fifty dollar bill to someone who had lost everything.  This was probably someone who would never have let go of fifty dollars to someone he did not even know before that day
            It is sad that it takes such a tragedy to get people to get along and help each other out but I almost always see this behavior in the wake of disaster.  I just wish we could all get together and help each other out all the time instead of just in times of emergency.
            Regardless, I applaud all of the people who are volunteering their time to go to southern Indiana and assist with the cleanup and to help these Hoosiers to get back on their feet and start rebuilding.  Hopefully we can get them up and running in no time flat.
            Doug Chambers is the Publisher of Greenwood Newspapers, Inc. which currently publishes four newspapers across central Indiana.  His column Things That Trouble Me is currently syndicated in newspapers throughout the Midwest. You may reach Doug at news@indychallenger.com.
© 2012, Greenwood Newspapers, Inc.
www.challengernewspapers.com

************************************************************************************************

In Response OF The Birth Control Battle
2/29/2012
This week I received another letter to the editor attacking my column from February 15, 2012 which was titled “Obama Declares Jihad On Christianity”.  It is always a welcome sight to see people replying to the columns that I write because it means that someone is reading the column but also that my thoughts are causing others to think about important issues and even starting discussions about those issues which is the whole point of the column.  However, that being said, it does trouble me when people want their side of an issue printed (which we are always glad to do) but use my column or take my “words” and twist them around into something that was simply not said.  Printed below is the entire, unedited letter received about the above mentioned column:
Mr. Chambers,
In response to your “Troubling Thoughts” in the February 15th I have several thoughts. If you are not Catholic and your doctor or hospital is not able to give you the treatment you want, you can go somewhere else. If you are Catholic or whatever and do not approve of birth control you are not forced to use them just because your insurance will pay for it. As someone said “Just say NO” and by the way RU86 is NOT an abortion pill as it only affects the sperm before conception takes place.
Health Insurance should cover all services; you do not have to use them. What about the illnesses we do not have, should they not be covered denying them to people who do need them?
We are told as Americans we are allowed to choose and Church and State are to be separated yet some think this means only what they choose is what you must choose, and by the way only vote the way I say because you come to this church. Is this separation of Church and State?
And as for our President being a Muslim you are so off base! And are all Muslims terrorists like all Catholic women never use birth control? Come on---get real. People like you are what Troubles Me. Cancel my subscription. Keep the change.
Anna Lou Fultz
Cayuga, IN
This letter has provoked several return thoughts of my own and since Anna requested her thoughts to be printed, I thought I would print her letter along with my return thoughts in this week’s column.
             First of all, Anna, as I have said to others who have attacked me for my thoughts, you need to do some research before you take it upon yourself to attack someone for what they are.  Nowhere in my column did I ever say that I was Catholic.  Alas, I am definitely NOT Catholic!  However, I am a Christian that has a personal relationship with Jesus Christ and I am proud of it and always ready to stand up and proclaim it or defend it.
            Second of all, nowhere in my column did I ever say that ANY woman should not have the right to acquire any type of birth control.  What I said was that if a woman wants birth control or an abortion pill then they have the right to get it but I do not feel that the government has the right to force me to pay for it.  If you are a woman and you want birth control that is fine. Get a job and go get birth control and pay for it yourself.  Hello, this is not that hard to understand but if this is the way that the majority of the people think then I think when I want to kill the weeds in my back yard the way you want to kill the sperm entering your womb then you would certainly back a government plan to provide me with a monthly supply of weed killer in order to keep unwanted weed fetus from fertilizing and growing in my back yard.  And do your research on what something is or isn’t.  The majority of the people agree that conception occurs when the sperm fertilizes the egg and that happens long before you could ever get out of the house to a pharmacy to get an abortion pill.  And the RU86 pill has been marketed by the manufacturer for years as being a morning after abortion pill.  Please do not take my word for it.  Pull up some of the old commercials they used to run on TV and watch.
Even though I am not Catholic, I do not think that the government has the right to FORCE the Catholic Church to pay for the very birth control that they preach against.  That is a violation of THEIR First Amendment Freedom of Religion right to refuse to pay for something that violates what they believe in.  This is a long standing right that used to apply to all religions but since the Obama administration took over has suddenly stopped applying to religion and now seems to apply only to the Muslim religion.  You talk about the right for me to not use the service if I do not want it and that is correct.  But as a business owner, I should also have the right to provide employees with something or not to provide that service and if the employees like or don’t like it they can choose whether or not to work for that business or religious institution.
For instance, when I board an airplane, I have to remove any head covering I may have on my head and have it either run through the scanner or searched by a TSA agent.  When a Muslim boards an airplane wearing the headgear that they claim to be a part of their religion they are not required to remove it or to have it searched.  I have seen some of their head gear that is large enough to hold an automatic weapon or enough plastic explosive to bring down an entire city block but we would not dare violate their religious beliefs due to their Freedom of Religion rights but we would require a Nun to remove her habit or refuse to let her board the plane.  You get real.  This is not religious freedom; it is religious discrimination against Christianity that says that the Muslim religion is the only religion that is approved in this country.  This is something I will not stand by and watch happen in silence!
None of the argument I made had anything to do with anyone’s right to use birth control, only with how they were paid for.  As you said, if I do not want to use them I do not have to.  By the same token, if you want to use them you may, whether or not your insurance covers them.  And no, insurance should NOT cover all services and they certainly do not.  If you believe the Obama administration rhetoric that Obama Care covers ALL medical procedures, then you should pull out the 972 page Obama Care Health Act and read it and you will see that it more than half of those pages are related to exclusions that insurance will NOT pay for.
            As Americans, we SHOULD have the right to choose but that right is being taken away from us more and more each day.  I am not a smoker, but the government is increasingly infringing on the rights of Americans who choose to smoke and in some cases telling them that they cannot smoke in their own home!  I am a Christian but if I lived in Owen County California, it would be against the law for me to worship in my own home, even if it right across the street from a Muslim home church that is allowed.  Our children that attend public schools are not allowed to pray in school or to learn about God yet many schools are being forced to stop classes twice a day for Muslim children to have time to pray in their classrooms while facing east and many more are being forced to teach the Koran while banning the Bible completely
Nowhere in the Constitution of the United States of America will you find the phrase “separation of Church and State”.  I know this because I have personally read it and have a copy of it right here in my office.  Have you read it?  Or do you CHOOSE to simply accept what you are told by a government agency that wants to take away all of your rights.  It simply does not exist and the Founding Fathers are certainly rolling over in their graves as we speak because of what is being done to the Constitution today.
Anna, I have nothing against you personally and never will.  My sole purpose for writing my column is to express my views as I have the right to do under the Constitution and to provoke thought and discussion by others.  A third purpose would be to get people to do some research and find out the facts for themselves instead of letting a Democrat or a Republican tell you how to think.  Think for yourself!!           And I will not cancel your subscription.  You will receive it until your subscription runs out and then YOU can CHOOSE whether or not to renew.  You can also CHOOSE each whether or not to read my column.  Personally, I hope you CHOOSE to continue not only your subscription but to read my column each week.  If you don’t, how will you know whether you agree or disagree with me or what to research.  Who knows, someday I may be writing something in defense of you or your cause. Who knows?  The only request that I make is that you think for yourself and not let anyone, including me, tell you how to think or what to believe.  I do a lot of research and only spout off about things that trouble the majority of Americans and what I think is right or best for Americans.
            And thank you for your letter.
            Doug Chambers is the Publisher of Greenwood Newspapers, Inc. which currently publishes four newspapers across central Indiana.  His column Things That Trouble Me is currently syndicated in newspapers throughout the Midwest. You may reach Doug at news@indychallenger.com.
© 2012, Greenwood Newspapers, Inc.
www.challengernewspapers.com

************************************************************************************************

Lies, Lies, Lies, Why? Why? Why?
2/22/2012
      Why is it that politicians constantly feel the need to lie to get a point across to the general public?  Do they really think that the general public is that gullible (stupid) to believe that something is true just because they tell us that it is?
            Case in point; I received an email this week Senator Patty Murray stating that the Republicans have set their time machine for the 1950’s, back when women could put an aspirin between their knees to avoid getting pregnant.
            Now the point of the Republican who said this was obviously that by putting an aspirin between their knees would force women to keep their legs closed and therefore not have sexual relations.  This was basically an application for unmarried women who, in the 1950’s were disgraced if they were found to be having sex before marriage.  A pregnancy was about the strongest evidence that this was happening.
            As far as the Republicans setting their time machines back to the 1950’s, I am not so sure that this is a bad concept and maybe everyone should consider it.  Back in the 1950’s, teen pregnancy was virtually non-existent because girls knew that it was wrong and disgraceful and most did not attempt to flirt with disaster and therefore maintained abstinence. 
Today, sex among teens is not only the norm but actually encouraged by our schools and government.  Instead of our schools and government teaching our children abstinence and morality, they are encouraging them to engage in sex and even providing condoms to children as young as sixth grade in some areas.  This is done at the behest of the government which provides the programs to the public schools that teach the children how to use the condoms and even how to get an abortion if the condoms do not work or are not used.
            On the Democratic side of this argument, where Senator Patty Murray comes from, we are getting a ton of lies as the ruling administration tries to further ram their agenda down our throats and take away our rights and freedoms.  It is interesting to me how the administration can use the most famous lie of separation of church and state to keep anything good out of society and then turn around and demand the unification of church and state when it is to their advantage to force something destructive into the same society.
Senator Murray’s argument is that the Republicans are trying to keep unmarried women and teenagers from getting any type of birth control or morning after abortion pill.  This is simply put, an outright lie.  No Republican has ever said that any woman of any age should not be allowed to get birth control or a morning after abortion pill.  The Republican argument is that these women should be allowed to get any type of birth control or morning after abortion pill they want.  However, the flip side of that argument is that if I disagree with promiscuous behavior or pre-marital sex because in my Bible, God has said that this behavior is WRONG, then I should not have to pay for these services that are against my religion and my moral convictions.
Simply put, my Bible says that each individual is given free will by God.  They are free to exercise that free will whenever they want.  Unmarried women and even teenagers are free to go out and be promiscuous and have sex before marriage and even get pregnant and have an abortion.  But the free will that is given to us by God does not mean the exercising of the free will is to be free. 
There is a cost associated with any action taken by anyone, whether good or bad.  Under the terms of the new Obama Care initiatives, the current administration is attempting to force us to give away our right to religious and force us to pay for the (what we consider) sinful actions even though it is against our religious beliefs.  If you want to go out and have pre-marital sex, then by all means, that is your right so go ahead.  But this type of behavior is against my religious beliefs and my God tells me not to support or encourage that type of behavior so please do not ask ME to pay for YOUR birth control or abortions.
Even worse on this argument is the fact that the Obama administration wants to force Churches to pay for these items.  For instance, the Catholic Church that has always preached against birth control, even for its married couples, would be required to pay for the very birth control that it preaches against.  This is insane to expect taxpaying citizens to give up their freedom of religion and be forced to pay for the behavior that is forbidden under God yet encourage by our government.
It says in the Bible that we are to obey the government in everything—paying taxes, obeying rules and laws, and showing respect. If we do not, we are ultimately showing disrespect towards God, for He is the One who placed that government over us.  However in Acts 5:27-29, when Peter and the Apostles were brought before Sanhedrin and charged with disobeying a government order they replied: “We must obey God rather than men!” From this, it is clear that as long as the law of the land does not contradict the law of God, we are bound to obey the law of the land. As soon as the law of the land contradicts God's command, we are to disobey the law of the land and obey God's law.
This entire contraceptive issue falls clearly outside the authority of our government and completely under the freedom of religion.  We must obey God first and the government second.  Our forefathers that started this government fought to keep this type of tyranny out of our government and they did so based on the very same Bible that we have today.
As for the 1950’s, well, think about it.  God was in our schools and our kids had respect for authority.  God was in our schools and there was not even a term “teen pregnancy rate”.  God was in our schools and there were no school shootings.  God was in our schools and our children actually received and education.  It doesn’t sound like the 1950’s were so bad to me.
            Doug Chambers is the Publisher of Greenwood Newspapers, Inc. which currently publishes four newspapers across central Indiana.  His column Things That Trouble Me is currently syndicated in newspapers across the Midwest. You may reach Doug at news@indychallenger.com.
© 2012, Greenwood Newspapers, Inc.
www.challengernewspapers.com

************************************************************************************************

Obama Declares Jihad on Christianity
2/15/2012
       Whenever we have heard the word “Jihad” we have been taught to automatically think of Muslims fanatics leading terrorist attacks on the United States or other regions of the world.  This has always been focused to mean that Muslim terrorists were attacking some country by physical means.
            Today the term “Jihad” takes a turn into a new meaning.  For today we have learned that the Muslim leader who leads our country. President Barak Hussein Obama has now declared Jihad on Christianity.  It has long been said that President Obama has been at war with religion but this has never been true. President Obama has always been a staunch leader of the fight for freedom of religion.  The only problem is that he has trampled all over the Constitution of the United States of America in his efforts to fight for this freedom of religion.
            You see, the first amendment to the Constitution of the United States of America prohibits the making of any law respecting an establishment of religion, impeding the free exercise of religion, abridging the freedom of speech, infringing on the freedom of the press, interfering with the right to peaceably assemble or prohibiting the petitioning for a governmental redress of grievances.
            The whole purpose of this amendment was to keep the government from declaring one religion as the one that we must subscribe to and to prevent the government from banning ANY religion from its people. 
            However, the Obama administration has effectively banned Christianity from the United States during his term and decided that the only religion allowed in our country should be the Muslim religion.
            You ask, “How has he done this?”  Well, just last week, the Obama administration has said that under his Obama care law that Catholic doctors and catholic hospitals must not practice their religion and will be required BY LAW to begin prescribing contraceptives, birth control devices and even the RU86 morning after abortion pill in direct violation of their religion. 
            Now the Obama administration has taken their Jihad against Christianity one step further by requiring religious employers to pay for these contraceptives, birth control devices and abortion pills as part of the health care that they provide.  This means that an employee that works at a church that preaches against abortion, preaches against birth control (mainly the catholic church)  will now be required to pay for the very items that it preaches against.
            To top that off, Archbishop Timothy Broglio wrote that “the Administration has cast aside the First Amendment to the Constitution of the United States” in a way that is “denying Catholics our Nation’s first and most fundamental freedom, that of religious liberty.”   “And, as a result, unless the rule is overturned, we Catholics will be compelled to choose between violating our consciences or dropping health care coverage for our employees (and suffering the penalties for doing so),” he wrote. “We cannot—and will not—comply with this unjust law.”  In the letter, Broglio contends the Obama administration is telling Catholics to disregard their faith and Catholic teachings against abortion and birth control — “a blow to a freedom that you have fought to defend and for which you have seen your buddies fall in battle.”
            Now the Obama administration has decided that he does not care for the tone of the letter and has initially forbade senior army chaplains from reading the letter from the pulpit of their churches.  Word has it that the same restriction is being placed on civilian churches to prevent priests and pastors across the country from reading the letter to their parishioners as well.
            This country used to be called America, the lad of Freedom, but since the Obama administration has taken over, we apparently no longer have any freedom left.  We are now told that if we have a business, we will be required to provide insurance for employees whether or not we can afford it.  We are now being told that we will provide items that we may believe leads to promiscuity and an even larger teen pregnancy rate even if it is against our religion to do so.  We are now being told that if we are a religious organization that believes that birth control and abortion are wrong we will still be forced to pay for it for our employees.
            What has happened in this country?  What has happened to the Constitution?  What has happened to the Freedom that we used to have?  Where has all the common sense gone?
            YES, President Obama has declared Jihad on Christianity.  He has told us that even though it has long been against the law to teach any religion of any kind in public schools that it is oaky and even required in some areas of the country, to teach the Muslim religion and to study the Koran.
            Now he is telling us that our religious views no longer matter and that we will not preach against biblically reprehensible lifestyles such as homosexuality or abortion.  Now he is telling us that even if we disagree with birth control that our churches must pay for it.  Now he is telling us that even if we disagree with abortion and we believe that God has told us NOT to condone it, we still must pay for it and our religious doctors and hospitals must perform and pay for it.
            What happened to the Constitution of the United States?  When did the first amendment get throw out.  When was the First Amendment repealed?  Who gave President Obama the authority to disregard the First Amendment and force our taxpaying citizens to lose their freedoms and be forced to give up their religions in favor of the Muslim Sharia Law?
            Now is the time for ALL AMERICANS to swallow their pride and admit that a mistake was made when we installed this President into office.  Now is the time for ALL AMERICANS to swallow their pride and throw this President out on his rear and restore our Constitution and start to live by our laws again and quit allowing a foreign born Muslim to become a dictator in our land of the free.
            The election is coming up in two hundred thirty-four days.  Prepare now.  We must find someone to replace President Obama before America becomes a communist country with no sign of the freedoms that we hold so near and dear.  Find someone to replace him or we will be sorry and may never make it to the 2016 election.
            Remember in November.  I Vote!! Do You??
            Doug Chambers is the Publisher of Greenwood Newspapers, Inc. which currently publishes four newspapers across central Indiana.  His column Things That Trouble Me is currently syndicated in newspapers across the Midwest. You may reach Doug at news@indychallenger.com.
© 2012, Greenwood Newspapers, Inc.
www.challengernewspapers.com

************************************************************************************************

Letter To Editor Prompts Education
2/08/2012
      I received a letter to the editor response to my column titled “Missing Legislators Create “RTW”” published January 25, 2012. The letter to the editor was received from Ron Spivey, a resident of Cayuga and Perrysville, Indiana and a democrat.  This letter was well written but was so full of mis-statements that I decided a little education was needed, not only for Mr. Spivey but for the mislead general public as well.  The education will come at the end of this column as I will print Mr. Spivey’s letter in its entirety first
            Letter to the Editor
This is an article in response to the “Things That Trouble Me” column in the January 25th issue of the Herald News. The publisher, Doug Chambers apparently writes this stuff. As the statement (Right To Work) is said you would think in your own mind, what is wrong with that? Because everyone should if not has the right to work. (If there are jobs).  The name of this bill is very misleading. What this bill is, is a try by the Republicans to do away with unions (period). They are saying that everyone has the right to work – if in a union without having to pay dues. They call dues (protection money) – (another misleading phrase).
If passed and made a law, unions that take in members can’t charge dues to these new members. Dues paid by members are what pay for our agents, and our representatives that see that we have jobs and look out for our occupation. Dues are not (protection money).
Unions in Indiana account for 4% of the workers of the state. Why are the Republicans trying to do away with this 4%? How is this 4% hurting these people.
They say that unions being in place in states keep prospective businesses and factories from coming to these states to open plants and hire workers. How is this true? I don’t think is true. If it is true it only keeps out businesses and factories that don’t want to pay good wages and help their employee’s progress and prosper in this state.
The real underlying reason the publisher, the Republicans, and the businesses want (Right To Work) to pass is (greed) no other reason. It is no longer good enough for these people to make a good living; they have to ruin everyone in the process. Wages go down after the (Right to Work) bill goes into effect in states and pensions go and work safety is lessened. What really responsible representative of Indiana’s people would want this to happen?
Money and greed drives this bill. They are not looking out for the people of Indiana. They are looking out for themselves.
Chambers talks about the people of Indiana that are Democrats that want to free load and get food stamps and draw unemployment. Wrong again SIR. Indiana people are out of work because their bosses wanted to make all of the money and out sourced their jobs.
I am a union member and proud of it. I know no union member that is not proud to be a union member, dues and all. We in the unions have been lax on educating the general public as to the reasons unions are good for us, the economy and yes even you Mr. Chambers!
In the end of your article, you say “Remember November and vote.” If “Right to Work” goes through – see how many Republicans are left in December. And by the way, it is not nice to call our elected officials weasels and cowards and it is really wrong and Un-American to call the President of the United States a weasel. I would think that a man of your obvious credentials would have more sense. Oh I forgot – you are a Republican.
Ron Spivey
Cayuga & Perrysville, Indiana
Union man and RTW Opponent.
Wow! Where do I start.  First let’s start with a little housekeeping.  Mr. Spivey, you made a very liberal assumption in saying that I was a republican.  I am actually an independent thinker who refuses to succumb to the ideology of the republican or democrat parties.  I think for myself and make decisions accordingly. That is something that I think everyone, including you, should do.  The time for just accepting something solely because a political party says it needs to end.
         Secondly, I never, in any way shape or form called our President a weasel.  I do not agree with much of anything that comes from our President but I respect him because of the office he holds.  The person I called a weasel was the democratic minority leader of the Indiana House of Representatives Pat Bauer.  Weasel is a term that I use very seldom and it is reserved for a special type of person.  In this case I referred to Mr. Bauer as a weasel because he was elected and paid by the taxpayers to do a job and he refused to do that job.  His job was to show up at the legislator and debate any bills and try to coordinate a compromise on any disagreements and then to vote on those bills.  Instead he decided to take the approach of a bully and stop ALL business for one session and a big part of a second one.  So the taxpayers that elected him got to pay him to not work.
On to the gist of the education. First, according to YOUR union leaders, union members make up eight percent of the workforce, not four percent as you stated.  Secondly, the name of the bill is not misleading but spot on.  Right to Work is a bill that says if a person wants to work for a company that has a union, then they have the right to work there without being FORCED to join the union.  This means only that they have the FREEDOM to make a CHOICE.  This bill does nothing to get rid of unions.  It still allows any company to have a union. It still allows for that company to collect the dues for that union. It still allows for ANY WORKER to join that union if they CHOOSE.  And it certainly does Not say that a union cannot charge dues. It simply says that you as a union leader cannot FORCE an employee to join against their will.  If the unions are as great as you obviously believe, then what are you worried about.  Employees should be clambering to get to the union hall to sign up.
As for your statement that our jobs have been outsourced to other countries, you are correct.  This has been a huge problem that I have always been against.  But if you truly look at the majority of those who are on food stamps and other government assistance programs, they are mostly those who CHOOSE not to work, be it because they are lazy or because they think they are worth more than available jobs are paying.  Regardless, get off of the assistance programs and get a job.  I am tired of supporting them.  If I was out of work and needed to feed my family, I would go to the local fast food restaurant and take a job away from an illegal Mexican before I would ever apply for food stamps.
            One last note, I am also a proud union member.  I am a member of the United States Postal Union.  That is the ONE UNION here in the state of Indiana that DOES NOT require employees to join.  It is also one of the best unions in Indiana.  They are strong both financially and by membership proudly boasting a membership rate of ninety-eight percent of all employees.  The reason they are not into this right to work battle? Because we they understand that the only unions that are going to be hurt by it are those that do little to nothing to help their members because they know they can’t lose their membership.  Now that right to work has passed, it is good for your members because it means that the unions have lost their easy life and will now have to start to work for their members.  If only we could have a right to work type bill for our politicians!
And yes, as always. Remember in November! Get out and vote!! Union members and non-members.
            Doug Chambers is the Publisher of Greenwood Newspapers, Inc. which currently publishes four newspapers across central Indiana.  His column Things That Trouble Me is currently syndicated in newspapers across the Midwest. You may reach Doug at news@indychallenger.com.
© 2012, Greenwood Newspapers, Inc.
www.challengernewspapers.com

************************************************************************************************

Right To Work Battle Is Over
2/01/2012
             Well, the battle over the “right to work” bill is FINALLY over and the only thing left is for Governor Mitch Daniels to pen his John Hancock on the legislation to make it legal.  That he will sign this historic bill is a given since the bill was on his agenda for this session.
            You probably noticed I said this bill was historic but I am sure that very few of you out there know why this bill was so historic.  It actually had nothing to do with the language in the bill or what the bill itself would do. 
            What makes it so historic are the individual precedents caused by this bill that had absolutely nothing to do with the actual bill itself?  This bill has turned many legislators into something approximating kindergarten children.  I have never in my life seen so many grown men and women turn into children and bullies overnight.
            I finally understand why our political system, both state and federal, just does not work anymore.  It has become evident that  there a group of liberal politicians in Congress today that have convinced themselves that they are the leaders not matter what their constituents say.  Of course this is not the way it is supposed to work but sadly this is the utter chaos that our political system has turned in to. 
            The way it is supposed to work is that we, the taxpayers, elect other taxpayers to go to the legislator and represent our views and vote for the bills that we tell them to and to vote against the bills that we do not want.  It is understood that one section will not want what some other section may want and vice versa.  That is when ALL of our elected officials are supposed to show up on the floor and debate the different positions and then take a vote and each elected official to vote the way that their sections of taxpaying constituents want them to vote and the majority wins.
            Sadly, however, the groups of liberals that think that they have the right to dictate what taxpayers get or do not get have also decided to turn into kindergarten bullies.  When they come into session and a bill is presented that their constituents want have asked for and it is a bill that ONLY eight percent of the taxpaying constituents are against but those eight percent are paying the liberals a unbelievable amount of money for them to override what the majority wants, the liberals feel that they have to do something to protect their money bags and slush funds.
            This is where the bully part comes in.  They decide that in order to protect their money bags that they cannot let this particular bill (such as the right to work bill) pass or they will be in jeopardy of losing all of their monetary support from their special interest group ( in this case, the UNIONS).
            The game then turns into a blood fest and for several weeks these liberal legislators, in direct violation of the law and what they were voted into office to do, hightail it to another state to take a taxpayer paid vacation.  They will tell you that the taxpayers did not pay for it and to some extent that is true.  The taxpayers did, however, pay their salaries while they were on this vacation and not doing the work that we were paying them to do.  The rest of their expenses were paid by the unions that were paying them their money bags and telling them to disregard the law and stay away from their jobs they were getting paid to do.
            Although they managed to bully the rest of the legislators that were trying to represent their constituents and keep any work from being done while the liberals were on strike (vacation) there was always this year and a new session to get the business of the taxpayers done.
            But alas, this year began pretty much the same way with the liberals deciding that they would try to bully their way into stopping the right to work bill again.  This time the rest of the legislators were ready for them and started running television and radio commercials telling their constituents how they were not coming to work and doing the job that they were being paid to do.  Now these liberals were getting calls from the very taxpayers that elect them and they started telling that little weasel from South Bend (remember the little weasel from last week?) that they did not want to lose their jobs so they were going back to work.
            And as a side note, these liberals were on strike for most of last year’s session and a good part of this year’s session.  When union members go on strike their employer does not pay them so why did taxpayers have to pay these liberal legislators who were on strike.
            Now that the unions were losing their battle and saw that their liberal legislators were not going to be able to stop the right to work bill, they decided to try some kindergarten bullying tactics of their own.  So union leaders organized huge groups of their members to go out to the private homes of some of their legislators of the bill and harass and threaten and stalk the families of these legislators and scare their spouses and children in order to try to terrorize them into dropping the bill.
            I wonder why the police departments in the communities did not make a single arrest for these incidents of domestic terrorism orchestrated by union leaders.  Could it have something to do with the fact that the Fraternal Order of Police (the UNION that represents police officers) told them not to make any arrests or to attempt to stop this domestic terrorism because these terrorists from the UNIONS were out there representing the police officers?
            This kind of bullying must stop and the only way to stop it is to stop election bullies to Congress.  For certain, that little weasel from South Bend, Pat Bauer, has to go and any others who condone this type of behavior have no business representing the taxpayers either.
            Primaries are in May and the election in November.  Let’s stop them now before it is too late and they destroy our political system completely.
            Remember in November. I Vote!!! Do You???  You Better
            Doug Chambers is the Publisher of Greenwood Newspapers, Inc. which currently publishes four newspapers across central Indiana.  His column Things That Trouble Me is currently syndicated in newspapers across the Midwest. You may reach Doug at news@indychallenger.com.
© 2012, Greenwood Newspapers, Inc.
www.challengernewspapers.com

************************************************************************************************

Missing Legislators Create “RTW”
1/25/2012
             What is all of this fuss with the Democrat legislators about “RTW” that I keep hearing about all over the news.  I keep hearing that the republicans are for it and the democrats are against it and that the democrats fled to Illinois for almost the entire legislation season last year and are staying away from the statehouse this year. 
            I am here to tell you that after doing much exhaustive research that I have uncovered the truth in this matter.  The democrats are not against “RTW”.  I do not care what you or anyone else says, I have it on good authority that the democrats are one hundred percent in favor of “RTW”.  Anyone who cannot see this is apparently wearing rose colored glasses.
            I talked to several democrat state representatives and every single one of them told me flat out that they are in favor of “RTW” When I asked them why they are in favor of “RTW” they told me that they believe that every democrat in the state of Indiana and even some republicans should be in favor of “RTW”.  They tell me that that is the democratic way of life.
            When you stop to think about it, it does kind of make sense that the democrats would be in favor of “RTW”.  After all, this is the party that is constantly pushing the redistribution of wealth programs down the throats of us who actually work for a living.  This is the food stamp party that is constantly telling American citizens and criminal illegals that they should not work hard to feed their families but instead they should sit at home and produce more babies so they qualify for more public assistance like food stamps for you and I to pay for.
            It makes since for the party that promotes a program of paying people to not work and encouraging them to not seek to find work and instead sit at home and allow you and I the privilege of supporting them.
            It makes since for the party that wants to allow the criminal illegals to sneak like cowards into this country and allow us the privilege of providing them with free food, free rent, free education for their kids, free healthcare and even a monthly social security check without paying into the system like you and I had too.  And the party allows them to receive all of this free of charge to them because you and I get the privilege of paying for it all.
            This all makes since for the party that loves to have all of the recipients of all of this free to them lifestyle get out and voice their opinion about how much they hate you and I, the very ones that are feeding them and paying them to sit at home on their butts and play video games and watch soap operas and game shows all day on the television.
            This all makes since that the party that supports all of these redistribution of wealth programs to take all of the money that they can get from all of the hardworking taxpayers who have at least some work ethic and give our hard earned dollars to the bums in society that actually hates us for working to support them.
            It truly makes since that they would completely and totally support the “RTW”.  After all, look at the example that they have set for all of the bums that receive the public assistance money because they are too lazy to work. 
            Just as they set the example in the last legislative session by running to Illinois, they are setting the same example this year by not showing up for this legislative session.  The only difference is that this year they decided to stay in the state of Indiana and flaunt it in the face of the people that elected them.
            Yes, after all of the exhaustive investigation that I have done I have clearly uncovered the truth and now proclaim to you that the democrats in Indiana are totally and completely backing the “REFUSAL TO WORK” policy.
            Apparently the democrats have decided that they are privileged enough that they do not have to even show up for work as WE HIRED them to do.
            We elected these so called legislatures to go to work and do their jobs and represent the taxpayers of Indiana.  I do not care whether you are for or against any certain bill in any legislative session, you were still hired by the taxpayers to show up for work and debate the issues and bargain on the issues and VOTE on the issues.  We, the taxpayers, did not elect you to be a deadbeat politician and hide like the cowards you are when the going got tough.
            Stand up like the men and women you are supposed to be and go to work and do your jobs.            
            For many years the democrats had control of the statehouse and then Speaker of the House, that little weasel coward Pat Bauer stood firm every time that the Defense of Marriage bill was introduced and told the republicans that he would NEVER allow a vote on that bill no matter how many times it was introduced and he did not care how many taxpaying voters that elected him wanted this bill.  He would NEVER allow a vote on the bill and he would never allow the people of Indiana to vote on the bill either.
            And every time the little weasel refused to allow a vote on that bill, the republicans still came to work every day and debated, and they bargained, and they voted on the business of the people of the state of Indiana, and NEVER ONCE did they refuse to show up for work just because the little weasel of the house would stand in the way of a bill that the majority of the people wanted.
            Come on democrats.  Please do not follow the selfish self-centered ways of the little weasel of the house, Pat Bauer.  I call on all democrats to get back to work and debate and bargain and vote on the people’s business.  Do this because it is what we elected you for.  Do this because it is the right thing to do.  Do this because it is what we elected you to do.
            And come on taxpayers and voters of Indiana.  I am hereby calling on ALL Hoosiers to call those elected officials who are not going to work.  Flood their phone lines and tell them that you elected them to work for the people of Indiana, not to hide because some little weasel told them to.  And tell them that if they do not go back to work and do their jobs that we will hire someone who will in just about nine months from now.
            As for Pat Bauer, the little weasel coward, I call on all Hoosiers to support any candidate who runs against him.  I call on all Hoosiers to put this little weasel out of the statehouse.  I finally found someone that I would be happy to pay unemployment with MY tax dollars.  All we have to do is vote for any republican, democrat, libertarian, green, brown or pink party candidate that runs against him.
            It is time to throw weasels out of the statehouse in Indiana, Congress in Washington, DC and the presidency.  If they can’t work for us, then they need to go.  Let’s just do it!
            Remember in November.  I Vote!! Do You??  You better.
            Doug Chambers is the Publisher of Greenwood Newspapers, Inc. which currently publishes four newspapers across central Indiana.  His column Things That Trouble Me is currently syndicated in newspapers across the Midwest. You may reach Doug at news@indychallenger.com.
© 2012, Greenwood Newspapers, Inc.
www.challengernewspapers.com

************************************************************************************************

Did You Notice Who Obama Threatened?
1/18/2012
             This past week I received an email from an old friend that stated it should be required reading every week from now until the election.  In the course of reading that email, something began to stir inside me and I realized how wrong the above statement was.  The content of that email should not be required reading every week until the election.  It should be required for every American citizen to read the content daily until the election and then after the election so that we do not allow ourselves to get into this predicament ever again.
            The subject of the email was the title of this column, did you notice who Obama threatened?  The question, of course, is a teaser designed to get you to read the column.  However, any concerned American that read the first paragraph would never have been able to put the email down.  That said; let’s delve into the content of the email.  I will not print it word for word because I want to examine it a little deeper.
            Did you notice who Obama threatened when he wasn’t getting his way on raising the debt ceiling?  He threatened NOT to pay: social security retirees who have paid into the social security system for as many as forty to fifty years and were promised that their payments would be invested (not stolen) for their future retirement.  This is not an entitlement; this is an investment that they made every week that they worked.
            He threatened NOT to pay: Military retirees who spent their military careers out there on the front lines fighting and putting their lives on the line so that the rest of us could have the freedom to elect an idiot with no military experience to be President of the United States and Commander in Chief of the United States Military that would run around the world and apologize for America being a strong country that supports freedom.
            He threatened NOT to pay: Social security disability to those who are unable to work and have paid into the social security system for years before becoming disabled
            He threatened NOT to pay: Federal retirees who, just as the social security retirees, have already worked their careers every day for many years and are now in their golden years living on the promise that America made them years ago.  These are promises that are considered to be nothing to our President because they were made by the Americans that he keeps apologizing for.
            Now let’s take a good long look at who this President, campaigner of “Hope and Change” Leader of none and apologizer of all, let’s see who he did Not threaten. 
            He did NOT THREATEN to stop payments to thirteen million illegal criminal aliens in our country.  He fully intended to allow all thirteen million illegal criminal aliens to continue to receive their normal payments of food stamps, welfare, free public education and free housing and healthcare benefits.
            He did NOT THREATEN to take away frivolous benefits away from violent prison inmates in this country.  While you would be sitting at home wondering if you would be able to pay your cable bill, President Obama would have gone on using YOUR tax dollars to provide FREE cable and internet access to violent murderers and rapists in the prisons of this country.
            He did NOT THREATEN to fire some of the thousands of federal employees that he hired as a political favor to work for his campaign and get him elected.
            He did NOT THREATEN to not pay the senators or congressmen or any of their staff, the other perpetrators in this scheme and debate gridlock that could have virtually stopped this country from running according to President Obama.
            He did NOT THREATEN to cut down on his or his wife’s frivolous gallivanting around the world at taxpayer expense.  The lavish shopping trips and sightseeing trips abroad were to continue at our expense as we stayed home and struggled to survive.
            He did NOT THREATEN  to take away benefits from welfare recipients or food stamp programs because that would be a threat to his re-election campaign and the very base of those who voted him into office.
            He did NOT THREATEN  to not pay foreign aid to those countries who hate America and want to destroy us.  We send billions in tax dollars into foreign countries that are actively trying to destroy America and at the time that we were in a money crunch, our President decided to allow these tax dollars to continue into ALL of the foreign including many of the Muslim led countries that even today are actively looking for any way possible to destroy America and what it stands for.  Most of these countries do not even hide the fact that they are trying to destroy us as they hold out their hand for an American check.
            The list could go on and on. President Obama is in full political re-election mode!  Why are we allowing this person to destroy this wonderful country with his selfishness and his lies?  His type of change is killing our country. He needs to be stopped and only our votes can stop him. Do not forget about his tactics when it's election time. Vote Obama out of the Presidency in 2012.
ELECTION 2012 IS COMING!!!
Remember in November!!! I Vote!!! Do You????
            Doug Chambers is the Publisher of Greenwood Newspapers, Inc. which currently publishes four newspapers across central Indiana.  His column Things That Trouble Me is currently syndicated in newspapers across the Midwest. You may reach Doug at news@indychallenger.com.
© 2012, Greenwood Newspapers, Inc.
www.challengernewspapers.com

************************************************************************************************

Some Radical Ideas For A New Year
1/11/2012
             As I sat and listened to the republican debates, I kept noticing that I was not hearing what I wanted to hear from any of the candidates vying for the chance to replace Barrack Obama as President of the United States
            I have decided to lay out a platform for any candidate who is willing to accept it, be they republican, democrat, libertarian or any other party.  If they accept my platform, they will have my support.  This platform is as follows.
            First and foremost is tax reform.  We have seen from the past recessions that the way out of a recession is not to raise taxes but to cut taxes which induces spending and therefore stimulates the economy.  Whether this is in the form of cutting the existing taxes or, my preference, trashing the current tax code and replacing it with a national sales tax, the reform needs to be swift and permanent.
            Secondly, cutting taxes will not work alone unless the spending is cut along with it.  I know that there are those out there who would fight tooth and nail at the mention of cutting anything out of social security, but let’s face it, something has to be done.  My proposal would be to leave retirement benefits alone as most of us have paid into this account all of our lives.  When social security was put into place by President Franklin Roosevelt, citizens were promised that the money would go into a trust fund solely for their retirement.  So let’s leave the retirement alone and do away with the disability and survivors benefits.
            I have seen more than one person that has applied for and received disability benefits claiming to be unable to work and then personally seen them out doing heavy labor work and getting paid under the table.  Obviously this part of the system is not working so let’s just get rid of it and save the money. Then there are the survivor’s benefits.  I have personally known two people who got pregnant without being married and then had their sperm donor commit suicide and now they get survivors benefits until their children are grown.  I mean, really, just because their sperm donors were losers that couldn’t deal with life and commit suicide, why should I be forced to support their children?
            If these two parts of social security were removed from the system and social security was returned to the retirement only system that we were promised it would be, it would not be in such a funding crisis right now.
            Thirdly, Foreign aid should be stopped immediately.  It does not make sense to send our hard earned tax dollars to countries that hate America and want to destroy us.  Stop sending them money and instead send them constant reports of how we are building our military and defense systems to be ready to destroy them if they even think about attacking us.
            The only one that we should be assisting is the country of Israel and that is only because it is Biblically commanded by God.  And for all the atheists out there that want to protest that there is no God, get over it.  This country was founded on Christian fundamentalist principles and as far as we are concerned, we do not believe in atheists therefore atheists do not exist.
            Fourthly, let’s return this country to a sovereign republic that is guided by its constitution and the religious principles that it was founded on. It is time to return prayer to our schools and maybe the school shooting, teen pregnancy, gangs and other unruly aspects will all disappear.  It is time to do away with Planned Parenthood and stop our children from having abortions. Then maybe we, as parents, can see our way to teach our children that sex education means not having sex until you are married.
            It is time to stop trying to take away citizens guns and maybe start encouraging the best form of gun control, which is to own a gun.  If every citizen in this country owned a gun, imagine how far the crime rate would drop.
            It is time to stop giving our elected officials royalty status.  They are servants!  We are the boss!  Elected officials work for us.  If they are not doing their job, we need to fire them.  We need to demand that Congress live by the same laws as we do.  No more special retirement plan. They pay into and live with social security just like we do.  No more special medical plan, they buy insurance just like we do and pay their deductibles and copays just like we do.
            Then comes unemployment.  How much sense does it make to pay people to not work?  If you lose your job, maybe we can assist for one or two months, but if you cannot find a job in that amount of time, then you are on your own.  We are not going to go to work every day and work hard so you can sit at home while we pay your bills.  We have our own bills to pay and we do not need any more to pay.
            This is followed by welfare on the same basis.  Now there are some cases where someone is truly unable to work and need assistance and for those we should provide assistance.  But when I hear someone complaining that they cannot work because their back hurts and then see a quadriplegic rolling down the sidewalk on their way to work, I realize that there is something wrong with this system.  It is time that we forced our citizens to stand up for themselves and provide for themselves instead of depending on someone else to take care of them. 
This is America, the land of the free.  That does not mean come on in everything is free.  Our fore fathers came here to start a new life that was based on hard work and religious freedom.  We need to return our country to those principles.
In case you haven’t heard, there is an election coming up this year.  It is time to make some changes.  Let’s get it started.
Remember in November.  I Vote!! Will You?
            Doug Chambers is the Publisher of Greenwood Newspapers, Inc. which currently publishes four newspapers across central Indiana.  His column Things That Trouble Me is currently syndicated in newspapers across the Midwest. You may reach Doug at news@indychallenger.com.
© 2012, Greenwood Newspapers, Inc.
www.challengernewspapers.com

************************************************************************************************

Term Limits, Why We Need Them
01/04/2012
      We hear a lot of talk these days about term limits for our elected leaders, not only in Washington but in our state and local governments as well.  There are pro’s and con’s to this argument and I have always been of the opinion that the people decide the term limit by of their elected official by voting to keep them or by voting to get rid of them.
            I believe that this system is no longer working now and needs to be replaced by across the board term limits for every elected office.
            The problem with allowing the citizens to decide how long an elected official’s term should be is that everyone knows that the longer an elected official is in office, the more power they gain and that gives them the authority and power to wield against some of the newer officials.  In past times, this may have been a good thing when the power brokers in Congress used their power to gain what their constituents wanted and they generally tried to make our great country a better place to live/
            However, as with all good things, the goodness in wielding all of that power eventually went to our elected officials’ heads and they began to use it to advance their own agenda and do what was best for them instead of our country and its citizens.
            Now we sit in a day in time where it is almost impossible to un-elect an official who has built up many years, or in some cases, decades of power because they can fundraise millions with that power and simply swamp any challenger and sweep them under the election rug. 
            This has become evident in the ongoing budget battles in Congress where our elected officials used to compromise with each other and get a budget put together and passed that  was good for two years.  Now they do not even try to work with each other to get e budget that is good for the country and they end up passing umpteen stop-gap measures to keep the bills being paid. 
The latest two month bill to keep the social security tax cuts going is another good example.  What good does it do to pass a bill to keep this going on for two more months.  One side screams that the other side is going to raise taxes because they won’t pass this bill.  First of all, they are not going to raise any tax.  The social security tax was cut in a bill that specifically said the cut would be ONLY for one year.  Secondly, this was a stupid move by the other side to only extend the tax cut for two months.  Come on, people.  There are more important items that need to be dealt with than having to constantly deal with a tax cut to a bankrupt government agency every couple of months.  Put a bill out there to extend the tax cuts for a year, or two years, or better yet, five years, then pass it and let’s get on to the business of America’s leadership.
Term limits would eliminate almost all of this because then our legislators would not have to worry about getting re-elected for the next thirty or forty years.  They would know that they would only be there for a limited amount of time and then they would have to go back to work in the private sector.
I would propose a limit of two consecutive six year terms for United States Senators and six consecutive two year terms for the United States House of Representatives.  I would also propose that they would not be able to run again until they had sat out the same number of years that they were in office.
This would allow us to get rid of those who were elected to office and then decided to advance the causes of special interest groups as well as those who decided to advance their own causes.  It would also allow the opportunity for a greater amount of our citizens to run and serve in public office so that America had the best creative ideas to work with instead of just recycling the same ones over and over again for thirty or forty years because it is impossible to get fresh blood into the process.
Public Service was never meant to be the lifelong career that it has become and it was never meant to be a place for certain members of the elite to go to become even richer that they already are.  I find it interesting that as the Obama administration pushes tax increases for the rich that they always seem to find a way to exempt themselves from those increases.  These are the people who are the richest after being in Congress for a few years and they can retire after as little as two years with a pension that is equal to one hundred percent of their salary and they are given FREE medical care for life, both while in office and after they retire and yet they are the ones that want to limit the healthcare that us ordinary Americans are allowed to give.
Therefore I would further propose that all elected officials that are empowered to vote on any laws or rules on ordinary Americans be required to live by those same laws and rules.
Term limits are the only way that I see to get rid of the stagnant Congress that we have today and revive OUR Congress with some fresh blood and ideas.  Let’s give some others a chance to be creative and see if they are able to come up with some different proposals that could save our nation.
Term limits are the only way to go.  Let’s do it and do it now. We are only a little over ten months from Election Day.  Let’s get together and make our voices heard. Let’s let them know that we do not care if they are Republicans or Democrats.  We do not care if they are male or female. We do not care if they are black or white or red or yellow or any other color.  We do not care if they are Catholic or Christian or Jewish or Muslim.  If you do not vote for term limits and any other proposals that YOUR constituents want, then WE will vote YOU out of office.
Remember in November 2012.  I Vote!!! Do You?
OMG! = Obama Must Go!
            Doug Chambers is the Publisher of Greenwood Newspapers, Inc. which currently publishes four newspapers across central Indiana.  His column Things That Trouble Me is currently syndicated in newspapers across the Midwest. You may reach Doug at news@indychallenger.com.
© 2011, Greenwood Newspapers, Inc.
www.challengernewspapers.com

************************************************************************************************

Where Is “Merry Christmas” Going?
12/21/2011
            A New York school district is taking the merry out of Christmas. The Batavia City School District has told principals to enforce a policy banning Christmas and Hanukah decorations in classrooms.  Lucy Hudson has been looking forward to the holiday party at her son's school and thinks this ban is ridiculous. "It's been Christmas all these years and now to a bunch of people that's not politically correct. i think that's a bunch of baloney. The effect is that were having a bunch of kids that are hoodlums growing up because they don't have any morality anymore."  In a memo titled "Religious Expression in the Schools", the board lists unacceptable holiday activities. It states that teachers are not allowed to say or write the phrase Merry Christmas.
We seem to have lost the meaning of Christmas as a society. When we as Americans are supposed to go out and buy gifts buy gifts and buy so many gifts we go in debt for Christmas well into next year’s Christmas to PROVE our love.
When the employees in the public sector are not allowed to say Merry Christmas for fear of offending some other group, something has gone wrong. When I say Merry Christmas to someone I am not trying to convert anyone to Christianity, I am only wishing them peace, joy, happiness and love during the holidays. Enough with the politically correct BS! I don’t fly off the handle if a Jewish person wishes me Happy Hanukkah, or a Muslim person gives Kwanza blessings. We are all individuals and will never all believe the same thing, accept this with the tolerance and mutual respect that atheists and Muslims are always preaching.  Funny how tolerance only seems to work one way!
As for how I would like to see us celebrate now?? No one buys a gift rule #1. A gift does not show how much you love someone; quality time spent laughing and enjoying each other’s company is the way we show our love.  We gather as a family and spend the entire day together, eat dinner, watch football, work a 500 piece puzzle, play cards and games.
            The ACLU, in cooperation with our esteemed Government is trying to take God out of everything, including "One Nation, Under God! Not allowed to say the Pledge of Allegiance in schools or prayers. Towns not allowing Manger schemes on public property, {whose property is public property anyway} Stores clerks are not allowed to say "Merry Christmas" they now say "Happy Holidays," and you will notice in store adds, Christmas is not mentioned and even the president would not allow News people to say "Christmas Tree" it was called "Holiday Tree." They can kiss my grits, I will say the Pledge with "One Nation, Under God" in it, and I will pray where ever I wish, and when I wish, and I will force people to say "Merry Christmas" to me, and I will say "Christmas Tree" where ever I see one, and I hope everyone else will too! "God Bless America!"   
            I constantly hear people talk about how our country is going downhill.  I believe that this is a direct effect of allowing the ACLU the power that judges have given them to take God out of everything.  This is not the “holiday” season, it is the Christmas season.  Christmas is the season because this country was founded on Christian biblical principles and that included God!  Christmas contains Christ because the season is a celebration of the birth of Jesus Christ, our Lord and Savior.
            As for me and my family, this government is not going to tell us that we cannot say Merry Christmas.  I will say Merry Christmas to everyone I see during this season and hopefully, most or all of them will return the gesture.  This is in no way a slam to any other religion but this is America and we have the freedom of speech here.  If we go to a Muslim country, we are told that we have to obey their customs and religious practices and if we do not, we face their penalties, which may include death.   
            When foreign people come to America, we do not force them to follow a certain religious path.  They are free to practice whatever religious belief they choose so why is it that they feel that they have the right to come to our country and tell us we have to change our laws and customs to align with theirs?
            Religious freedom works both ways and NO ONE in America should ever be told that they are not allowed to say Merry Christmas.  When I go to a store and hear happy holidays, you can bet that I will loudly reply Merry Christmas.  If I see a store advertising holiday trees, I make sure to stop by that store and tell the manager that I am offended by their lack of respect for Christmas and will not be doing any “holiday” shopping at their store
            The only way that we are ever going to be able to get our country back on the right track is by standing up and doing it.  We cannot depend on our government, especially the Obama administration, to stand for us and our rights any longer.  They are usually the ones who are trying to take away our rights and freedoms.  We need to start standing up for what is right and quit backing down from the political correctness guru’s.  Then we need to look for new leaders who are conservative, freedom believing, constitutionalists and elect them to lead our country back to Republic that it once was.
            We can start all of this with the election in 2012.  Look for the leaders that will vote for the way of life that you and I want with the freedoms that we want and leaders with the courage to stand up and tell those foreigners that want to change our country that it simply will not happen and if they do not like it they can go back to their own country and change it.
Remember in November 2012.  I Vote!!! Will you?
Merry Christmas, everyone.
            Doug Chambers is the Publisher of Greenwood Newspapers, Inc. which currently publishes four newspapers across central Indiana.  His column Things That Trouble Me is currently syndicated in newspapers across the Midwest. You may reach Doug at news@indychallenger.com.
© 2011, Greenwood Newspapers, Inc.
www.challengernewspapers.com

************************************************************************************************

Let’s Stop The Shooting At The University
12/14/2011
            Thursday, December 8, 2011 was the day that Radford University student Ross Ashley gunned down a university police officer on the campus of Virginia Tech University.  Ashley then abandoned the stolen Mercedes he was driving and ran on foot across campus killing himself when he probably realized what he had done and that he would not be able to escape.
            April 16, 2007 was the day of the Virginia Tech University Massacre that killed thirty-two people in two separate attacks approximately two hours apart on the campus by the perpetrator Seung-Hui Cho.  This attack was quickly realized to be the worst ever massacre in United States History on a college campus.
            February 14, 2008 (Valentine’s Day) was the day of the Northern Illinois University shooting, during which Steven Kazmierczak shot multiple people on the campus of Northern Illinois University in DeKalb, Illinois, United States, killing five and injuring twenty-one, before committing suicide.
            February 12, 2010 was the day that a biology professor opened fire at a faculty meeting after being denied tenure.  Dr. Amy Bishop killed three faculty members and injured three others before being arrested by police.
            May 12, 2011 was the day that three people were killed in a burst of gunfire at a San Jose State University parking garage in an apparent double murder-suicide, the first shooting deaths in campus history.  A man and a woman were pronounced dead at the scene inside a car, and another man, who authorities believe was the shooter, was found elsewhere in the garage and died at 10:30 p.m. at Santa Clara Valley Medical Center in San Jose.
            September 28, 2010 was the day that a 19-year-old mathematics major from Austin, Texas,  fired shots from an AK-47 and then turned the gun on himself.  Luckily in this case, no one else was injured as the university sophomore apparently was not skilled in how to use the gun.
March 9, 2010 was the day that an Ohio State University janitor who was about to lose his job walked into a maintenance building for his early morning shift Tuesday and shot two supervisors, killing one of them and fatally shooting himself. No students were hurt.  Nathaniel Brown, 51, arrived for work at the nation's largest university dressed in dark clothing, a hooded sweat shirt and a backpack. He then opened fire in an office suite using two handguns. 
April 10, 2010 was the day that a student fatally shot a female classmate before turning the gun on himself Friday in an apparent murder-suicide that prompted a lockdown at a community college west of Detroit, police said.  The bodies of Asia McGowan, 20, of Ecorse, and Anthony Powell, 28, of Detroit, were discovered inside a classroom at a Henry Ford Community College building after police responded to an emergency call of an assault and shortly afterward reports of a shot being fired on campus.  As officers entered the MacKenzie Fine Arts Center, they heard another gunshot, Brighton said.  Powell apparently used a shotgun to kill McGowan and himself.
What do all of these shootings have in common?  They all happened in the last four years on university campuses that have policies that forbid students or faculty to carry a any gun on campus.  Most of these policies violate the United States Constitution Second Amendment which guarantees every citizen the right to bear arms in this country.  Unfortunately, many organizations have trampled on that right by only allowing criminals to carry guns on university property.
I have often wondered what might have been different at some of these universities like Virginia Tech if the students who had a license to carry a gun had been allowed to carry their gun onto university property.  Would one of them perhaps been able to stop Seung-Hui Cho from killing thirty-two people, or at least some of them.  There was a two hour wait in between the two attacks by one person on this campus.  During that entire time students were forced to hide and wait for police and hope that the killer did not find them next.  If the students had been allowed to carry guns on campus, my guess is that a few would have had them and maybe one of them would have seen the shooting in progress and been able to stop it.  They may have saved a thirty lives, or twenty-five, or ten or even if they had saved one life, it would have been worth it.
Indiana State Senator Jim Banks of Columbia City introduced legislation on December 7, 2011 that would change Indiana law by allowing licensed gun owners to carry firearms on campus at public universities in Indiana.  Banks said he proposed the bill so that students could protect themselves.  "Almost every gun crime that's ever happened has occurred with people who aren't licensed," Banks said. "This is a constitutional issue, your Second Amendment gun rights.”  Currently, universities in Indiana ban firearms on campus through their own policies.  Under standard campus rules, students could face sanctions and non-students could be banned from campus if they are caught carrying a gun.  Despite the standard policies, Banks said zero-tolerance of guns on campus is unconstitutional.  "These are taxpayer-funded entities, subsidized by you and I as taxpayers, and for college campuses to restrict gun rights on campus is just plain wrong," Banks said. "I think we're behind on this issue and we need to pass a law allowing students to carry guns on campus if they're licensed to do so."
I know that the organizations that fight the rights of gun owners tooth and nail and would like to have all guns taken away from every law abiding citizen with a license to carry a gun will be all over this legislation.  I ask you to counter them with the questions about the safety of our children that are on campus for an education and watching a shooting spree should be left for the movies or television.  Our children and students at our universities have the right to defend themselves.  This is a right guaranteed by the United States Constitution and should not be taken away from them by a few liberal, only criminals should have guns touting university administrators who already think it is all right to teach that the Constitution no longer matters.
I support State Senator Jim Banks in his effort to return the constitutionally guaranteed right to bear arms and defend yourself to our university students and hope that they never have an occasion to need it but know that if they do they will be armed and ready.
            Doug Chambers is the Publisher of Greenwood Newspapers, Inc. which currently publishes four newspapers across central Indiana.  His column Things That Trouble Me is currently syndicated in newspapers across the Midwest. You may reach Doug at news@indychallenger.com.
© 2011, Greenwood Newspapers, Inc.
www.challengernewspapers.com

************************************************************************************************

Where is American Freedom Going?
12/7/2011
            I watched an episode of “Harry’s Law” recently in which the star of the show “Harry Corn” (Kathy Bates) rented a German made vehicle to go on a hunting trip.  As she passed through the small town of Langford Ohio she was stopped by a local policeman, arrested and taken to jail and had her rental car impounded.  What was the reason for the arrest? She entered the city limits driving a foreign made car in violation of a city ordinance that outlawed foreign cars being bought, sold or driven in the town of Langford.
            Now some might say that this was a great law that protects Americans.  At first, I was one of those.  But as the show went on, Harry presented many reasons why a law like this is in violation of the United States Constitution and actually would be harmful to the protection of American freedom and rights.
            Among these points were Freedom of Expression which is guaranteed to us by the Constitution and the choice of what car we drive is definitely an expression of who we are.  Secondly, in today’s automobile industry, foreign cars are made in America, American cars are made in foreign countries and many cars are made and assembled in a mixture of both America and foreign countries. 
            While the spirit of this city ordinance was in the right place it is obvious that the process was on the wrong end.  As pointed out by the Judge, who made the right decision in overturning the law, American citizens give up more and more of their American rights and jobs by refusing to spend an extra nickel to buy American made goods.  It would be so easy for all of us to spend a little more here and there to bring American jobs back to this country and it could be done so easy by us refusing to buy any product made in a foreign country.  The Judge also made the comment that the giving up of American Freedom is not the place for Americans to start giving up.
            It is time that the citizens of America began to stand up for what is right in this country and fight what is wrong. Eighty-six percent of the Citizens of America believe that abortion is wrong yet we sit back and allow politicians and judges be bought off by the American Civil Liberties Union to rule in their favor and allow the fourteen percent to rule.  Eighty-six percent of the Citizens of America believe that prayer in school  is good yet we sit back and allow politicians and judges be bought off by the American Civil Liberties Union to rule in their favor and allow the fourteen percent to rule. Eighty-six percent of the Citizens of America believe that saying Merry Christmas, setting up Nativity Scenes at Christmas time on public property is the right thing to do yet we sit back and allow politicians and judges be bought off by the American Civil Liberties Union to rule in their favor and allow the fourteen percent to rule. Eighty-six percent of the Citizens of America believe that illegal immigration is wrong yet we sit back and allow politicians and judges be bought off by the American Civil Liberties Union to rule in their favor and allow the thirteen million criminals to stay and rule.
            Until the eighty six percent begin to stand up for what is right, nothing in this country will change.  In the words of Edmund Burke “All that is necessary for evil to triumph is for good men to do nothing” What has become of our country today is that there are many, many good men and women out there that have the right beliefs but have taken up the attitude that we cannot change it so there is no point in trying.  It is a good thing that the forefathers of our country did not think like that.  They were willing to stand up for what was right and fight for it.  That is why we have the freedom that is being taken away today.
            In another instance of our freedom being trampled on and the ideals of foreigners being held above ours comes an incident a couple of weeks ago at one of the biggest corporations in this country.  Castleton Mall, which is owned by the Simon Company, an American company owned by the Simon family, has apparently decided that the wishes of foreigners in their malls come before the Constitutional rights of Americans.  As a woman entered the Castleton Mall in Indianapolis Indiana wearing a hooded sweatshirt, commonly referred to as a “hoodie”, she was stopped by security and told that she was not allowed to wear the “hoodie” on her head inside the mall.  As she argued with the security personnel, employed by the Simon Company, three Muslim men entered the mall through the same door as the woman and walked right by the woman and the security personnel.  When she very heatedly asked the security personnel why they were allowed to enter the mall wearing clothing on their heads which were much more concealing than hers, she was told it was because that was part of their dress.
            After several minutes of heated discussion, the woman left the mall and the three Muslim men were allowed to continue to their shopping.  This is a clear sign of what is wrong with our country.  If we were to go to a Muslim country, we would be expected to honor their customs and traditions and laws and we would not dare to protest and demand that we be given special treatment because if we did we would probably end up dead or in jail.  Even our armed forces have at times been told to dress differently in Muslim countries to respect their customs.  Why do we allow them to come to this country and demand better treatment than our own citizens are given?  Because no one stands up to fight for what is right.
            If we got together, especially here at the Christmas shopping season, and boycotted all Simon malls until they changed this policy, I am willing to bet that it would change pretty quickly.  They would rather deny access to their Muslim shoppers until the head gear was removed, than to have their hundreds of malls empty during the Christmas shopping season.
            It is time for us to begin to stand up my fellow Americans and fight for what is right in OUR country. If we don’t fight for our freedoms now, we won’t have them to fight for later.
            Doug Chambers is the Publisher of Greenwood Newspapers, Inc. which currently publishes four newspapers across central Indiana.  His column Things That Trouble Me is currently syndicated in newspapers across the Midwest. You may reach Doug at news@indychallenger.com.
© 2011, Greenwood Newspapers, Inc.
www.challengernewspapers.com

************************************************************************************************

Strike Over; Let’s Start A New One!
11/30/2011
            Supposedly the National Basketball Association has ended their lockout with the players and will begin the 2011 season shortly after Christmas this year several months after the scheduled start date.  For some, this announcement is an early Christmas present.  For others, such as myself, we could care less.
            For many months we heard about the National Football League lockout and the devastating effect that it had on the players who were not earning their millions of dollars for playing a game.  Then the National Basketball Association apparently decided that the NFL was getting too much attention and decided to pull the same stunt.
            The difference between the two was that the NBA players decided to make themselves look much worse that the NFL players did.  The NBA, whose players have been inundated with arrests for gun and drug crimes, took on the attitude that they were more important than anyone else involved and demanded a much larger share of the revenue that anyone else.
            After negotiations broke off early in the process and the players walked out of the talks, the owners offered a fifty-fifty split of the revenues.  This meant that the owners would get fifty percent of the revenue and the players would get the same.  The difference was in the risk.  The owners were taking all the risks by putting their money up to finance the teams and hopefully their fifty percent would cover their expenses.  The players put up their talents which meant if they did not perform well enough, they might lose their job but the owner of the team would still lose the money he put up to finance the team and its salaries.
            Of course, none of those involved had as much at risk as those who were not involved.  The taxpayer had the most at risk since they are the ones who are paying for the arena’s that these millionaire crybabies are playing in rent free.  If they do not play their games, there is no income from the arena to pay the bills and the taxpayers get hit again to make up for the loss.  Then there are the local businesses that depend on income from these games to keep their doors open.  Their income comes largely from sports fans eating in their restaurants, drinking in their bars and staying in their hotels.  Without these games, these businesses suffer a tremendous loss and maybe their viability to keep their doors open.
            None of these people mattered to the owners, certainly not to the players and not to the arbitrators as they apparently considered them to be inconsequential casualties of the war between the owners and the players.  When the owners offered fifty percent of the revenue to the players and the players turned them down and walked out, that was the end of it for me.  I think that this amounts to unbelievable greed on behalf of the players and if it were up to me, I would have closed down the entire season right then and advertised for players for next season who wanted to play basketball.
            I also think that if these sports teams are going to hold cities and states hostage for taxpayers to pay for stadiums and arenas, then those cities and states should have some say so in the teams.  When it comes time to negotiate, we should have representation and some say so in where and how the money is being spent since it has now become our tax money that is being put at risk.  Remember the Boston Tea Party?  That was all about taxpayers being taxed without any representation on what they were being taxed for.  The same is true with these sports teams.  The taxpayers are being taxed with absolutely no representation at the negotiating table and that needs to stop.
            I think we need some new rules regarding sports teams.  While I am not a fan of government being involved in business in any way, I think if you take money (Stadiums or Arenas) from the taxpayers, there need to be rules attached to that money.  For instance, rule number one; if you are a player and you get arrested for any reason, you are immediately suspended until your case is resolved.  Rule number two; if your case is resolved by you being found guilty or by pleading no contest, your suspension becomes a lifetime expulsion with no opportunity for reinstatement. Rule number three; if you refuse to play games that are scheduled (if you go on strike) you are hurting our businesses and fans and will not be allowed to play for one full year (not remainder of season) after you agree to play again.  Rule number four; As an owner, if you lock out the players and refuse to allow them to play you will reimburse the taxpayers for all lost income for unplayed games and also reimburse all businesses within a five mile radius around the stadium or arena for their loss of income they would have received if the game had been played.  Rule number six; twenty-five percent of all television revenue shall be returned to the taxpayers as a return on their investment for building your stadium or arena at taxpayer expense.
            If these six rules were put into effect, it would seriously cut down on the number of player arrests, it would cut down on the strikes and lockouts and it would provide a return on the investment of the taxpayers that spend their money to keep a team here so they can go spend more money to see them play only to make all the players and team owners wealthy and greedy at our expense.  Who needs wealth redistribution more than these sports players and owners?
            I think to bring our platform to light; we should all go on strike against all professional sports teams and let them see what happens to their wallets when we stop showing up and spending our hard earned money to make them rich.  Let them see how they hurt the local businesses that depend on those games for their livelihoods.  Let them see how they hurt the taxpayers who built their playhouses only to be told they were not going to play so taxpayers would have to pay again to maintain the playhouses.
            Let’s all go on strike against them and let them see what it feels like and let’s start today!!!
            Doug Chambers is the Publisher of Greenwood Newspapers, Inc. which currently publishes four newspapers across central Indiana.  His column Things That Trouble Me is currently syndicated in newspapers across the Midwest. You may reach Doug at news@indychallenger.com.
© 2011, Greenwood Newspapers, Inc.
www.challengernewspapers.com

************************************************************************************************

What I Am Thankful For!
11/23/2011
            This is the time of year when everyone is thinking about what they are thankful for.  Ministers are preaching sermons about what we all have to be thankful for. Media outlets are asking followers what they are thankful for.  Families are sitting down at the Thanksgiving table and saying what they are thankful for.
            I am amazed to hear some of the answers to that question.  Many are sincere and thoughtful.  Many are very self-centered and downright greedy.  Many people that are put on the spot with that question do not know how to respond and are at a loss for words.  I am never at a loss for words so I would like to name a few of the things that I am thankful for.
            First and foremost, I am thankful that we have a loving and forgiving God.  Without Him, this would be the end of this column for there would be nothing to be thankful for.  Everything that I have to be thankful for comes from God and is given to me by Him.  I am thankful that He created my ancestors Adam and Eve.  I am thankful that He gave us His Son Jesus Christ, whose birthday we will celebrate in about a month.  I am thankful that He gave us His word in the form of the Bible so that we may learn about Him and how He wants us to live for him.
            Secondly, I am thankful that He gave me such an amazing and wonderful wife that loves me no matter how hard I am to live with.  I know that she came into our marriage expecting a fairy tale marriage and learning quickly that there is no such thing.  I am thankful gave me someone with the strength to stick around and work on our marriage instead of taking the easy way out like so many of today’s married couples.  My life is so much better today because of whom she is and because she has helped me to become a better person to walk on this earth.  Few men are lucky enough to be blessed with a wife that will stand by him through everything no matter how bad it gets and wait for the better times to come.
            I am thankful that He gave me such wonderful parents that raised me to be who I am and loved me through thick and thin.  Parents who had the audacity to discipline me when needed as it says in the Bible instead of giving in to the wishes of those feel good idiots that tell us that it is wrong to discipline our children.  Parents who taught me what a good work ethic is and to work hard to get ahead in life instead of sitting back and expecting the government to take care of me.  Parents who show respect to their children for their accomplishments and want them to have a better life than they did. 
            I am thankful for the three children that God has given me and for the adults that they have turned out to be.  Children that have not been perfect but they are all working on their lives and families and I hope that I have done as good a job raising them that my parents did with me.  I hope that they all realize that what they have in life has come from working hard and living the way they should but mostly what they have has come from God.
            I am thankful that God has given me the three most amazing grandchildren that anyone could ever hope to have.  They are all healthy, beautiful and smart.  For the most part they are all very well-mannered and are usually a joy to spend time with.  For the times they are not, I thank God that we can send them back to their parents for further training.
            Those are the important things that I am thankful for but there are a few items that are not as important that I am nonetheless thankful for.
            I am thankful to God for providing us with a roof over our heads and food to eat.  That seems like such a trivial thing but I feel very fortunate when seeing all the people around the world who are not as fortunate as I.  While I know that have a roof over your head and food on the table comes from hard work, I am equally aware that without the Grace of God, I may not have the ability to work hard and get ahead.  Without that ability, I would not have the opportunity to get ahead in life and have the “things” that I have.
            I am thankful to God for providing me with the opportunity to work in a career that I love and for the creativity to be able to continue to produce week after week.  So many of God’s children end up working in a job that they do not like or even hate in order to get by and make a living that I just thank God for giving me this wonderful opportunity.
            I thank God for giving me a country where we have freedom of religion, freedom of speech and freedom of the press, even though these are quietly being taken away from us by our socialist leaders, and for giving us the right to worship Him whenever and wherever we choose. 
            I am thankful that God has given us our men and women of the military who are out there putting their lives on the line each and every day so that we may continue to enjoy the freedoms that we currently have and to keep our country safe from those who are jealous that we have those freedoms and want to take them away.  I pray to God daily to watch over and protect them each day as they do the same for America
            I pray that the leaders of our country will open their eyes one day soon and realize that when they took God out of our country is when things started to go wrong and I pray that these leaders will have the wisdom to realize the mistake this has been and turn back to God and stop all the nonsense.
            This Thursday is thanksgiving.  Stop and take a few moments to think about the answer to the most important question you may ever answer.  What do you have to be thankful to God for?         
            Doug Chambers is the Publisher of Greenwood Newspapers, Inc. which currently publishes four newspapers across central Indiana.  His column Things That Trouble Me is currently syndicated in newspapers across the Midwest. You may reach Doug at news@indychallenger.com.
© 2011, Greenwood Newspapers, Inc.
www.challengernewspapers.com

 ************************************************************************************************

Stop Band Tradition, Start Crime Tradition
11/16/2011
            It is Sunday morning at approximately 5 a.m. when most people are asleep in their beds and most kids who are under the age of eighteen are either home in bed or if they are outside the home they are probably doing something that they shouldn’t be and most likely illegal.
            However in Greenwood Indiana there is a group of kids who are gathering to create some minor respectable mischief.  This group has been doing this on one Sunday morning each year for more than thirty years. The group consists of anywhere from fifty to one hundred teenagers.  They gather together at 4 a.m. in the morning with the intent to drive their cars to three different neighborhoods in the city of Greenwood, park their cars and gather together to wake up the entire neighborhood.
            I know by now that most of you are thinking that this is a horrible thing to do and all these punks should be thrown in jail and their parents charged with neglect for letting their sneak around and do something this horrendous.  But wait! Let me tell you the rest of the story!
            What we are talking about here is a tradition that started way back in the seventies.  The three neighborhoods are the residences of the Greenwood Middle School Band Director, the Greenwood High School Assistant Director and the Greenwood High School Band Director.  The Sunday morning in question is the morning after the band has qualified for the Indiana State Marching Band Finals.  This means that they were one of the top ten high school marching bands in the State of Indiana which is a fantastic accomplishment.  Even more fantastic is that they have qualified in the top ten for the state finals each and every year for more than thirty years.
            What about those parents, you ask? Why would they allow their children out at that time of the morning to create a disturbance?  Shouldn’t they be charged with neglect?  I say, how about we award all of them with “Parent Of The Year” awards for raising such fine, respectful, gracious children.  Oh, I forgot to mention that most of these parents are standing out there with their children in what is usually close to freezing weather while their children wake up these three neighborhoods!
            These kids are continuing a more than thirty year tradition of waking up their band directors with a serenade as a celebration and thank you for making them the winners that they are.  What a wonderful thing that these kids and their parents want to continue such a wonderful gesture in a time when crime is rampant and many kids are out creating a tradition that is likely to land them in jail.
            This year, however, in one of the neighborhoods, several neighbors called the police and put a stop to the celebration.  Police showed up at the assistant band directors house to find approximately fifty students along with hordes of their parents and stopped the celebration of something GOOD in today’s age and sent the kids home.
            SHAME ON THOSE NEIGHBORS!!!  This is a wonderful tradition that has been going on for more than thirty years and is one of the most positive things I have seen from our kids in a long time.  Yes, I have been out there on several occasions to witness this celebration along with the parents of the kids and even, at times, the Greenwood Police Chief, and several Greenwood Mayors have been in attendance. 
            These kids from the marching band lug their instruments from their cars at 5 a.m. and drag all the equipment up to the front door of each band director’s house. They then line up and bang out a drum cadence until the director and his family come to the door and then they play the ten minute show that they have worked on all year in order to get to the state finals.  These kids are in and out of the neighborhood in about twenty minutes from start to finish.  Usually, several of the surrounding neighbors can be seen coming out of their houses and watching the performance and applauding as the band members are leaving.
            The police have never been called in more than thirty years until this year when several GRINCHES decided that they no longer wanted to support their local marching band in their stretch their winning streak to forty years.  I wish that one of the band directors would move into MY neighborhood.  I would welcome these kids and would even have hot chocolate ready for them after their serenade.  I sure would never think to call the police.  I can afford to lose twenty minutes of sleep ONE TIME EACH YEAR to support our kids in doing something wonderful.
            I am a bit shocked that the police even responded instead of telling the GRINCHES to go back to bed, but I suppose they had to stop the celebration due to the calls.  I remember several times that the police have escorted these students around and directed traffic at the school and in the neighborhoods to make it safer for the kids.
            Now I ask all of you.  Would you rather live in an area where the kids woke you up one time every year to share with them in celebrating a great accomplishment, or would you rather live in an area where the kids allow you to sleep through the night as they were breaking into your cars and stealing anything of yours that they could get their hands on.  I think most of us would choose the celebration.
            I hope that the neighbors that called the police have not stopped this tradition from continuing.  These kids deserve to be congratulated for working hard to bring home championships for their city.  Maybe next year you could get up and go outside and say thank you for a job well done instead of calling the police.  Maybe next year, our Police Chief can be standing their alongside the Mayor as these neighbors call the police and they can tell these neighbors that these kind of traditions are keeping our kids focused on doing good instead of breaking into their cars or worse. If this really bothers you to give up twenty minutes of sleep to celebrate our kids doing a wonderful thing, then maybe you could move to another city because we certainly do not need you here where we respect our kids for doing such a wonderful job and staying out of trouble.
Thirty plus years in the Top Ten!  WOW! What an accomplishment.  I commend the Greenwood Marching Woodmen and want to tell you that you can come to my neighborhood and wake us up anytime you want.
            Doug Chambers is the Publisher of Greenwood Newspapers, Inc. which currently publishes four newspapers across central Indiana.  His column Things That Trouble Me is currently syndicated in newspapers across the Midwest. You may reach Doug at news@indychallenger.com.
© 2011, Greenwood Newspapers, Inc.
www.challengernewspapers.com

************************************************************************************************

Drug Test Me, Please
11/09/2011
            Almost any job that you may apply for these days will require you to submit a drug test.  This includes anything from a government job all the way down to working in a fast food restaurant.  The thing is, I do not have a problem with this and think it is a fabulous idea.
            Anyone who wants a job should understand that a potential employer accepts a lot of responsibility when hiring a potential job candidate in today’s litigious society and the employer needs to limit their liability as much as possible.  Hiring someone who uses or abuses drugs drastically increases an employer’s liability as this person may come to work under the influence and with reduced comprehension or reaction skills and end up getting hurt.  This would leave the employer liable because an injury happened while this person was on the job.  Even worse is if this employee that is under the influence happens to injure someone else, which could leave the employer liable not only for the injuries but also leaves them open to lawsuits for allowing an employee that is under the influence of drugs to work and create a dangerous work environment.
            Personally, I do not think that any law-abiding job applicant would object to a drug test as a requirement and if someone voiced an objection to taking a drug test, I would have very serious objections to hiring them for any type of job.  Drug testing is quickly becoming the simplest and most effective tool for employers to use to lessen their liability and create a safer work environment.
            The only problem that I have with drug testing is that it is not used on a wider basis.  While it is true that most employers now require a drug test prior to employment, I do not think that random drug testing after employment is a bad idea either.  However, few employers utilize this program which would identify those who quit using drugs for thirty days to in order to get a job and then started again or those who started after they were employed.
            Also, I have a problem with the government requiring potential employees to submit to a drug test in order to gain employment with the government while at the same time taking my hard earned money and giving it out to ANYONE who has not submitted to a drug test.
            We the taxpayers are forced to submit to a drug test to show that we are clean and are law abiding citizens while those that are not clean and refuse to submit to a drug test or fail a drug test are getting handouts in the form of welfare, food stamps, unemployment or other government programs that reward certain classes of citizens for not working.
            Who in their right mind would give money to an alcoholic that is lying in the gutter on the street in the downtown area so that he could go and buy more alcohol and keep him in the same situation that he is in?  The answer is very few people would do this because most people understand that if they give them money they will just go buy more alcohol and never change their circumstances.
            The same goes for unemployment compensation.  I am not against helping someone out who really needs the help but giving someone two years of unemployment compensation as simply paying them to NOT work.  This allows plenty of time and money for those who could not pass a drug test to sit at home and afford their drugs and watch television.
            The simple fact is that any government program should require a drug test each time a check is handed out.  If you pass the test (along with some other requirements) you get your check.  If you fail the drug test, you lose your check for that month and you can reapply in thirty days to begin the program again.  How many freeloaders would that knock off of the handout list?  Think of all those who are fraudulently drawing disability checks while working jobs under the table that would cost them their eligibility for a disability check.  Think of all those who go and apply for jobs knowing that they will fail a drug test and be allowed to sit at home and draw an unemployment check every week.  Think of all those who would no longer be able to collect their food stamps to trade for drugs to their dealers.  And think of all those apartments in Section Eight housing that the taxpayers would not have to pay rent on if the tenants had to pass a drug test in order to keep getting free housing.
            A simple drug test that is required by most law abiding citizens in this country that work and pay taxes would go a long way towards rebuilding this country if it was suddenly forced upon the freeloaders in our society that have become accustomed to letting you and me work to give them a place to live, food on their and provide money for their drugs and gas for their Cadillac’s.
            Let’s write letters and emails and make phone calls to our Senators and our Congressmen and even our president and tell them that we are tired of supporting the drug habits of these people and we want them to start a drug testing program for those requesting public assistance.  Tell them that we are not being unfair, we just want them to submit to the same simple drug test that we are forced to pass in order to support them.  And those who refuse to listen or do not wish to vote the way their constituents request them to, then we should vote against them in the next election and replace them with someone who will vote for the fair thing to ALL Americans.
There is an election coming up in November 2012.  Be there to vote.  I will!!
            Doug Chambers is the Publisher of Greenwood Newspapers, Inc. which currently publishes four newspapers across central Indiana.  His column “Things That Trouble Me” is currently syndicated in newspapers across the Midwest. You may reach Doug at news@indychallenger.com.
© 2011, Greenwood Newspapers, Inc.
www.challengernewspapers.com

************************************************************************************************

Who Wants To Be Mayor
11/02/2010
            There comes a time when we elect the leaders of our communities.  Next Tuesday, citizens of Johnson County will go to the polls to elect the Mayors of Greenwood and Franklin, Johnson County’s largest cities. 
            This election could be the most important election for local residents as Greenwood residents will elect a new mayor facing a flurry of financial problems left over by Mayor Charles Henderson who was defeated in the May primary after sixteen years leading the city into a financial disaster.
            The citizens of the City of Franklin will also have to choose between the current Mayor who has disregarded several laws regarding open door policies and government transparency and a newcomer with a financial background.
            Beginning with the city of Greenwood, Charles Henderson has been the Mayor for the past sixteen years.  Charlie has always had one goal in mind and that has been to make Greenwood bigger and better than Carmel.  The problem for him has been that the people who wanted to live in Carmel already do.  The citizens of Greenwood moved into the southern suburb because we wanted to live in a small town atmosphere that had good schools, low taxes and little crime.
In the most recent Henderson years, we still have good schools but the taxes have been climbing and the crime rate has been out climbing the tax rate.  It is unusual for the city of Greenwood to have even one murder in a year and this year alone there have been three.  A lot of this comes from taking away the small town atmosphere and trying to turn us into a big city.
The Planning and Zoning Department under Henderson has made it almost impossible to own and operate a small business in Greenwood by limiting signage and forcing a horde of zoning regulations upon small business owners as well as property owners.  It has gotten to the point where property owners in Greenwood no longer have any rights and must seek permission in a very high cost process to make virtually any change on their own property.  A single homeowner or small business may be forced to spend thousands of dollars to get permission to erect a fence on their own property. 
            Now that Charlie is on his way into retirement, the question is, who is the best candidate to replace him?  There are three choices on the ballot.  Republican Mark Myers, whose father was Mayor in the seventies and who is the nephew in law of Charlie Henderson, Independent David Payne, who is a business owner and previous candidate, and Libertarian Jeff Spoonamore, also a local businessman. 
Of the three, Myers may seem to be qualified on paper but has been absent from any involvement in City Council meetings or public meetings that have concerned the future of Greenwood.  With that in mind, the question also comes up of leaving the control of the future of Greenwood in the hands of a family member of Henderson, knowing that they would probably continue the spend, spend, spend policy of Henderson along with the policy of shoving major and costly projects down the throats of taxpayers when those taxpayers are shouting loudly that they do not want them.  For these reasons, we chose to knock Mark Myers out of the endorsement process.  That leaves Spoonamore and Payne.  While they both are business owners and have extensive business backgrounds in business, we looked at the fact that Spoonamore has worked throughout the United States in various jobs and has not been involved in city politics, attended meetings or public hearings until announcing his candidacy while David Payne has been attending those meetings for several years and was on the committee that studied the merger between Greenwood and White River Township.
We are inclined to believe that while either of these candidates would be a good possibility for the Mayor of Greenwood and definitely better than continuing on with the Henderson family, we have decided to endorse David Payne for Mayor of Greenwood due to his business expertise and involvement in city politics will better enable him to hit the ground running and correct the failings of the Henderson era.
While the endorsement for Mayor of Greenwood was a difficult decision that has required much research and study into the candidates, the endorsement for the Mayor of the City of Franklin was much easier. 
The City of Franklin has had Independent Candidate Fred Paris as Mayor for four years now and we feel that this has been a disastrous four years for the citizens and taxpayers of Franklin.  From holding illegal closed door meetings to give away city owned property behind the backs of taxpayers  to attempting to eliminate any transparency from government by refusing to follow the legal requirements to advertise city budgets and spending.  This administration has virtually spit in the faces of the guardians of public trust and flatly refused to follow the law ignoring the advice of well-versed attorneys and even the public access counselor for the State of Indiana.  In addition, are the recent allegations of using his position as Mayor to enhance his real estate company by obtaining a rental property that was in the flood damage program administered by Paris as Mayor of Franklin for a rock bottom price that would not have been available to anyone else and was never offered for sale at any price to anyone else.
The opponent running against Paris is Joe McGuinness is a true Franklin citizen born and bred in Franklin that wants to serve his city.  McGuinness has lived in Franklin all of his adult life, graduated from Franklin College.  He is a financial planner and co-owns and operates a business in Franklin and is married to a Franklin attorney.  This is about Franklin through and through.
We believe that McGuinness is a highly qualified candidate that can lead the City of Franklin through the tough times it has fallen into recently and can plan for the future of Franklin far better that the current administration has shown and ability for.  For this reason, we endorse Joe McGuinness for Mayor of Franklin.
Now that we have made our endorsements for mayor of Johnson County’s two largest cities, we would like to remind taxpayers and citizens that these endorsements mean absolutely nothing unless YOU get out and vote on Election Day.  This is the most important responsibility that a taxpayer can have as these people will be the ones taking YOUR money and deciding how to spend it.
Election Day is next Tuesday, November 8th. Get out and vote!! I will!!
            Doug Chambers is the Publisher of Greenwood Newspapers, Inc. which currently publishes four newspapers across central Indiana.  His column “Things That Trouble Me” is currently syndicated in newspapers across the midwest.
© 2010, Greenwood Newspapers, Inc.
www.challengernewspapers.com

************************************************************************************************

He Said She Said He Said
10/26/2011
            It seems that every time a new election season comes along, we get the notion that we are going to hear the candidates for the political offices that are up for grabs tell us what they will do and what we can expect from them if they are elected.  Invariably, we are disappointed when the name calling starts and the mudslinging begins.
You see, the era of clean campaigning has been gone for a long time.  No longer do candidates for office tell us what they are going to do if they are elected.  No longer do candidates tell us why we should vote for them.  No longer do candidates give us (the voters) their qualifications to hold that office.
            Today, when a candidate announces that they are running for almost any office, it seems that there is a perquisite that they must do so by telling the voters why they should not vote for the other guy or what the other guy is or has done wrong.
            Take the case of the candidates running for Mayor of Indianapolis.  I pick this case because I cannot vote in this race as I do not live in Indianapolis.  The Incumbent is Republican Mayor Greg Ballard.  Ballard is not a career politician but was a marine that thought he could do some good for his city.  He was not backed by the Republican Party four years ago and was shunned instead because the Republican Party did not believe that he could knock off Incumbent Democrat Bart Peterson.
            I believe for the most part that Greg Ballard has done good for the City of Indianapolis and will continue to do so.  The one exception is that I believe he made a mistake in the hiring of Frank Straub as Public Safety Director and I believe that if he wins reelection he should seriously look at replacing that position.
            In the beginning of the election season, Mayor Ballard started off his election commercials with very simple and straight forward commercials that put his record out there.  His commercials explained the programs that he had started and the advances he has made in the past three years.  They told us what he planned to do in the next four years if he was reelected.  This is the kind of campaigning I like to see.  Tell me what you have done and are going to do in the future.
            Then the commercials began from Melina Kennedy.  The very first one I remember was blasting Greg Ballard because he did not care about education and our kids.  It blasted him because of the condition our schools are in and the ISTEP scores in the Indianapolis Public Schools were too low.  It told us that Melina Kennedy was going to change all that.
            The interesting part of this is that Greg Ballard has no control over the Indianapolis Public School System or any other school system in Indianapolis or anywhere else.  If Melina Kennedy were elected, the same would apply to her.  She could do nothing to improve the schools or ISTEP scores.  This is because ALL schools fall under state control.  This means that if Melina Kennedy plans to fix all the school, she is running for the wrong office.  She should be running for State Director of Education against Dr. Tony Bennett.
            The other commercial out there that I remember was the one that states that Greg Ballard lost the support of the Indianapolis Metropolitan Police Department.  While technically there was a vote taken that allows Kennedy to state this as a fact, it is one of those items where the voters are not being told the whole truth and the facts are being twisted to fit the claim. 
            The truth of the matter is that there seventeen hundred Indianapolis Metropolitan Police Officers on the force.  The meeting where the vote for mayoral endorsement was taken was not announced to all officers and notice was never given that this vote was going to happen at that meeting.  The result was that there were ONLY one hundred twenty-four officer that were at the meeting to vote.  That means almost sixteen hundred officers were never given the chance to vote on who they wanted to back for Mayor.  To put this in perspective as politicians do in a poll, that is seven percent voted to back Melina Kennedy for Mayor and ninety-three percent were not allowed to vote.  This has created quite a controversy within the police department to the point that some police officers have personally come out with their own commercials stating that Mayor Ballard has not lost the support of the police department.  Included among these were Spencer Moore and his wife, the parents of officer David Moore, who was killed on duty during Mayor Ballard’s term.  These people despise their Fraternal Order of Police Union for doing such an underhanded thing like holding a vote behind officers backs.
These commercials finally led Mayor Ballard to attack back with some negative advertising showing Kennedy’s record of what she supported while she was Deputy Mayor under Bart Peterson just before Ballard took office.  I was sad to see Mayor Ballard resort to this but realize that with all the untruthful negative advertising the Kennedy was doing, I suppose it was unavoidable.
It was interesting to see, however, that the Kennedy campaign responded with a criticism of Mayor Ballard saying that he must be doing things wrong because he only talks about Melina Kennedy.  It seems to me that it is exactly the opposite and Kennedy did nothing but negative advertising while Ballard was talking about HIS accomplishments and HIS goals for the city and HIS plans for the next term. 
Unfortunately, negative advertising left untouched usually bring down the better leader and gives the office to the person not qualified to be in that position.  In this case, I find Melina Kennedy not the best qualified person to lead the City of Indianapolis and throw my support behind Mayor Greg Ballard for reelection as Mayor of Indianapolis.
Agree or Disagree, the election is November 8, 2011.  Be there and vote. It is your civic duty and probably the most important one you will ever have short of joining the military.  Show up and VOTE! I Will!!
            Doug Chambers is the Publisher of Greenwood Newspapers, Inc. which currently publishes four newspapers across central Indiana.  His column “Things That Trouble Me” is currently syndicated in newspapers across the Midwest.
© 2010, Greenwood Newspapers, Inc.
www.challengernewspapers.com

 

*********************************************************************************************

We All Have To Tighten Our Belts
10/19/2011
                Doug is out of the office this week so we decided to reprint one of our favorite columns from February 25, 2009  Enjoy!      
According to our new President, Barrack Obama, it is time for us all to tighten our belts.  We are told that now that the new stimulus package has passed, everything is going to get better.
                It will take time and we all have to tighten our belts is the constant rhetoric we hear.  After hearing this, I did a little research to find out exactly WHO had to tighten their belts and HOW tight they would have to be.
                The results are in.  If you are a legal citizen of the United States, you abide by the laws of this country, you have a full time job that you go to every day, and you pay your bills on time, then you must tighten your belt VERY, VERY TIGHT.
                You are going to be told to pay money to the bank that won’t give you a loan, credit card or mortgage because they are mostly bankrupt.
                You are going to be told to give money to pay for the medical care of those who are in this country illegally when you cannot afford medical care for yourself.
                You are going to be asked to pay for your neighbor’s mortgage because they did not pay their bills on time.
                You are going to be told to give money to auto companies they are essentially bankrupt and they need your money even though you did not buy one of their cars.
                Most importantly, you are going to be told to give money to your government so they can administer the program to pass out all the money you are being told to give.  Laughably, we are supposed to believe that only the government can do this with efficiency.
                I am all for doing something to stimulate the economy, but come on, let’s get real here.
                If you were the CEO of a major corporation and you needed to do something to stimulate your company’s growth, would you seek out the top four bankrupt companies and hire the CEO’s that ran them into bankruptcy to run your company.  Certainly not!
                You would seek out CEO’s that had a record of strength and growth and had their companies on solid financial footing and hire them.
                If I were the President, I would have a much better stimulus plan.
                First of all, before I ever asked anyone to tighten their belts, I would set the example by tightening my own belt and that of the government I had taken charge of.
                In his first thirty days in office, the President has made four trips that I believe were completely unnecessary. His trips to Elkhart Indiana, Denver Colorado, Phoenix Arizona and Canada could all have been handled by TV or phone without the unnecessary expense of Air Force One.
                The cost to operate the Flying White House is $57,000 per hour. Round trip flying time to these locations were, Elkhart 4 hours 38 minutes, Denver 5 hours 58 minutes, Phoenix 9 hours 20 minutes, Canada 3 hours 12 minutes.  This is a total of 23 hours 8 minutes for a cost of over $1.3 million.  In the first thirty days in office, just for an airplane!!!  How many homeless people would that feed or house?
                The second order of business I would do as President would be to stop all the wishy washy stuff with immigration.  Hire enough busses to haul the 13 million illegal immigrants in this country back to Mexico and tell them they are welcome in this country when they decide to do it the legal way.  The medical, welfare, and education savings alone would be enough to save states like California from bankruptcy. 
                Third order of business; let’s do things the way they were supposed to be done with our own people.  We try to teach our kids to save and not spend more than they have.  If banks loaned money for mortgages to people who could not afford them, then let the banks foreclose and be stuck with the real estate.
                Don’t penalize those who pay their bills on time by making them pay the mortgages of those who don’t.
                Don’t bail out the banks with my money when they were too irresponsible to run their business with good financial foresight.
                Don’t bail out the automakers with my money because they to irresponsible to cut overhead and tell the unions no once in awhile.
                The time has come for the Americans that are still left in this country to speak up and tell the Government NO!
                In the immortal words of one of the framers of the Constitution and former President Thomas Jefferson; “The democracy will cease to exist when you take away from those who are willing to work and give to those who would not.”
            Doug Chambers is the Publisher of Greenwood Newspapers, Inc. which currently publishes four newspapers across central Indiana.  His column “Things That Trouble Me” is currently syndicated in newspapers across central Indiana.
© 2010, Greenwood Newspapers, Inc.
www.challengernewspapers.com

 

*********************************************************************************************

Dr. Phil and Stupid Parents
10/12/2011
            I watched an episode of Dr. Phil while on vacation recently.  I am always amazed at the quality of absolute idiots that Dr. Phil is able to find and convince to appear on his show.  It is a little unsettling that these people know who Dr. Phil is and they still agree to be on his show and make complete fools out of themselves on national television.
            This particular episode was about parents who spoil their kids.  Now I have written about this subject before but what I saw on Dr. Phil were a few examples of parents not spoiling, but destroying their children.  The whole idea of parenting is to raise your children by teaching them how to survive on their own, what is right and what is wrong and give them the basis for raising their children when they are grown.
            I have known, seen and heard of parents who are abusive with their children and those parents, in most cases, should be arrested and have their children taken away to be raised by someone who will nurture them and raise them with love and compassion.  I have also known, seen and heard of parents who go in the opposite direction and only want their children to like them so they never say no and they never discipline them.  Although the intention is different in these cases, the result is just as bad as children who were raised in an abusive household.
            Abuse tends to make children scared and have very low self-esteem.  They feel as though they cannot do anything right so they tend to shy away from doing anything they are not required to do.  They grow up without friends in many cases and they end up in minimum wage type jobs because they do not have the self-esteem to think that they can do anything better.
            Never-say-no parenting is raising your children to believe that they never do anything wrong so that as they get older and have to live in the real world, they tend to set themselves up for failure and then begin to lose all of their self-esteem and confidence because they have never been told no before.  Some of these children ended up committing suicide because they are bullied at school because they were never taught what real life was like and how to deal with it.  Some of these children are likely ones that are planning on columbine type actions because they were never taught what is right and what is wrong.  They were never told no by their parents so therefore any choice they may make should be right in their mind.
Never-say-no parenting can be as bad for society and these children as the abusive relationship some parents have with their children.  Either way you look at it, never-say-no parenting and never-say-yes parenting will produce children that at some point in their lives will end up at the same point.  Some will be saved by circumstances in life but most will end up in a situation that they will not know how to handle and will make the wrong choices simply because they were not taught how to make choices correctly.
            Then there are the parents that end up on the Dr. Phil show for spoiling their children.  Most of the children that I saw on this program will never have a chance in life because of parents that think that giving your children everything on a silver platter is a good thing.  Let the stupidity begin.
            The first parent out of the gate had this idea that children should be rewarded for meeting expectations in school.  I agree that on the surface this sounds reasonable and based on that simple statement I would probably agree.  Children should always be rewarded for good behavior and meeting expectation and other accomplishments.  However, the reward should be compatible with the reason it is being rewarded.  In the case of the Dr. Phil parent, she felt it was a good thing to reward her child for bringing home a report card with all “A”s.  This is a wonderful achievement and I agree that it would be proper to reward a child for this accomplishment.  This mother rewarded her eight year old child with a trip to Paris France EVERYTIME she brought home a report card with all “A”s.  How ridiculous is that?  What is that teaching this child and more importantly, what is she going to reward this child with when she is fifteen and really needs a reward system?
            The next mother wanted to insert GPS tracking devices under her children’s skin so that if they were ever kidnapped they could be tracked. This was not a family that was very wealthy and the children went to public schools.  When the father said absolutely not, the mother hired two bodyguards for each child to protect them twenty-four hours every day.  This was one flipped out mother, but then, that is what gets them on the Dr. Phil show.
            The other mother on the show was probably the most normal but was facing a crisis in her future that is surely common in more families than we will ever know.  This mother was raised in an abusive household with a mother that had several father figures in the house during the years that she was being raised.  Some of these father figures were better than others and some did things to this mother that should NEVER happen to a child.  But this child was raised being treated badly and always being told “no”.
            Now that she was grown up and had children of her own, she decided to reverse the trend and raise her children in the complete opposite manner.  Therefore, she never tells her children no.  She wants them to be happy and never sad so no matter what these children do, she never tells them no and she never disciplines them because she wants them to always be happy.  It is great that she wants her children to always be happy and most of us parents feel that way.  But in cases like these, parents are not realizing that children cannot always be happy and they can never be truly happy unless they know what happy is.  In order to know what happy is, you have to be unhappy or sad sometimes.
            Children need to learn as they are growing up.  Among the things they need to learn are right and wrong, what the different emotions in life are for, and that everything is not always good and it is not always bad.  Children need to experience both in order to grow up and be a well-rounded adult and parent.  Only then will we be able to stop seeing these stupid parents on the Dr. Phil Show.
Doug Chambers is the Publisher of Greenwood Newspapers, Inc. which currently publishes four newspapers across central Indiana.  His column “Things That Trouble Me” is currently syndicated in newspapers throughout the Midwest. You can reach Doug via email at news@indychallenger.com.
© 2011, Greenwood Newspapers, Inc.
www.challengernewspapers.com

*********************************************************************************************

Customer Service Always Leaves First Impression
10/05/2011
            I love to travel and enjoy all the benefits that go along with it.  This week we are traveling because our son is getting married and we are attending the wedding in Las Vegas, Nevada.  Although we have been here several times before, this was planned to be a special experience as we were to show our son and soon to be daughter in law the sights and sounds of Vegas since it was their first time.
            We are staying at the beautiful Paris Hotel complete with the replica Eiffel Tower.  We have been here for two days already and it has been pretty uneventful until today.  The kids flew in this morning and we have heard so much about the Carnival Buffet at the Rio hotel and Casino, and saw that the advertised price was nine dollars, that we decided to take them there for breakfast.
            To let you know upfront, we will NEVER set foot in the Rio Hotel again.  We were immediately met with hostility and about the most unfriendly of attitudes from the beginning of our visit.  Being hungry, we entered the Rio and went straight to the Carnival Buffet and entered with a party of ten. 
            We were met by a sign informing us that the price for breakfast was sixteen dollars.  When we approached the cashier and asked the obvious question of why they advertised breakfast for nine dollars and then posted sixteen dollars when you arrived.  We were told that the nine dollar advertised price was only available if you had a Nevada driver’s license because that price was only for the locals.  I would think that you would want to keep the tourists that were pouring millions of dollars into your local economy happy and not penalize them because they came from out of town to bolster your economy.
            Then came the next item of complete stupidity on the Rio game plan.  We were all hungry and breakfast only had one hour left.  As we tried to pay the sixteen dollar price we were met with a request for each of us to show a picture identification card along with a players card issued by the Rio Hotel and Casino.  Apparently we were going to have to have to be qualified to gamble in order to be allowed to eat their food. 
            As our son and soon to be Daughter in law had just arrived in town, they had not yet even thought about getting a players card and simply wanted to eat breakfast as did we.  But this was not to be allowed.  As I explained to the cashier that they did not have player cards yet and we just wanted to eat breakfast, her reply was “that is not my problem”.  WOW.  Now there is an example of rich and fresh completely wonderful customer service that we all desire to see in these times.  If one of my employees was heard saying that to one of my customers, they would have been fired on the spot.
            But wait, it gets better.  When I asked to speak to the manager about the customer service issues that we were facing, another cashier called him to the cashier stand.  When the manager arrived he informed us that his name was John and asked what the problem was.  When we tried to explain the issues over not having player cards and the fact that the time was running out for the Breakfast Buffet and that we did not have time to go and get player cards and that the attitude of the cashier was that it was not her problem, we were told by John that she was quite right, that it was not her problem that our son and daughter in law did not have player cards and that if we wanted to eat in his buffet, then they should leave and go get them.  I explained that we wanted to eat breakfast and would be happy to go get them after breakfast and John replied that if we wanted to enter his buffet without player cards, they would charge us an additional five dollars per person.  John also told us that we had plenty of time to go to the players club on the other side of the casino to get the cards and come back to breakfast.  John said we would still have about twenty minutes before the breakfast and if we hurried to the Players Club and back we could still eat fast and get breakfast.  If not, we could eat the lunch food that they would be putting out.
            At this point, I could see where the attitude of the cashier came from and decided that if we wanted any chance at breakfast, we would have to run to get player cards.  Also at this time we made the decision that we would eat breakfast at the Carnival Buffet at the Rio Hotel and Casino, but would be changing our plans to leave immediately following and would never be returning there to spend any money in their Casino or on any other shows, sights or for any reason.
            Although the food itself was adequate and abundant in supply and they had the best coconut gelato that I would have paid to enjoy again, it is sad that the customer service was so bad that it ruined what could have been a wonderful experience for two kids on their first trip to Las Vegas.  Instead, the complete lack of customer service was the first impression that Vegas left on them.  And as any of you who read my column every week will know, customer service is number one in my book.  If it is horrible, it is the equivalent of signing a death warrant to get me to return to patronize your establishment.  On future trips to Las Vegas,  My wife and I, our family and the friends that were with us will never set foot inside the Rio Hotel and Casino again.
           
Doug Chambers is the Publisher of Greenwood Newspapers, Inc. which currently publishes four newspapers across central Indiana.  His column “Things That Trouble Me” is currently syndicated in newspapers throughout the Midwest. You can reach Doug via email at news@indychallenger.com.
© 2011, Greenwood Newspapers, Inc.
www.challengernewspapers.com

*********************************************************************************************

How Not To Cut Your Budget
9/28/2011
            It was announced last week that the Center Township Board in Indianapolis had approved a plan to move the Center Township Small Claims Court from the downtown City-County building, where it has been since the building opened in 1962, into the Julia M. Carson Government Center.
            The court is the oldest of nine township small claims courts and the only one located in the twenty-eight story City-County building.
            Small Claims Court Judge Michelle Smith Scott was not consulted by Center Township Trustee Eugene Akers about the plan to move the court and has strong objections against the move.  Trustee Akers took office nine months ago and cites the plan to move the court as a cost saving measure.  Akers plans to move the court prior to the end of the year when a five percent rent increase will take effect.
            Judge Scott has objections to moving the court because her court has the highest caseload of all nine small claims courts in Marion County, fourteen thousand in 2010.  She cites the number of litigants coming into her courtroom and given that numbers feels the City-County building’s security is a critical part of running her courtroom.
            Akers cites the plan to move the court as a cost saving measure because the court currently pays $16,701 per year to lease the space in the basement of the City-County building and would see a five percent increase at the beginning of the year.  This would bring the annual rent for next year to $17,536 per year.  The trustee has said that the Carson Center will not charge rent from the small claims court and therefore the court will save the annual rent that it would pay at the City-County building.  This was stated in the form of a true liberal who would have no conception of how to cut costs or spending.  
            The problem with this cost saving measure is that the Trustee Eugene Akers is very slow to enlighten anyone as to the cost of moving the court into Carson Center site of the out of business 300 East restaurant space.  The estimated cost to move the court and renovate and furnish the space is $459.000.  This means that at the upcoming rental amount in the City-County building, it would take twenty-seven years before the court would see one penny of savings from the move.  That means that the Township will be in the hole for twenty-seven years before it gets back the money that it put into this move and start saving money.
            Compare that twenty-seven years to the fact that the RCA (Hoosier) Dome and Market Square Arena were only around about twenty-five years and were torn down because it was cheaper to rebuild than to maintain the buildings and that means before this move ever saves one penny, the Township will probably foot the bill to build or buy a newer building to house the court.
            This is reminiscent of the outrageous move a couple of years ago by White River Township Trustee Jay Marks, who was newly elected to that position and sold out the township by trading the township government building, estimated to be worth approximately 4 million dollars, to Center Grove Schools for a football park that was later sold for a mere two hundred fifty thousand dollars.  This was pushed on the public as a cost saving move to save taxpayers because the school system would have to build a new administration building and the move would save taxpayers that expense because it was the same taxpayers and the building would serve their needs without the taxpayers incurring a big expense.
            The kicker: shortly after the trade was finalized, the school system announced that they would have to spend seven million dollars to renovate the building to meet their needs.  Seven million dollars to renovate a five year old building that cost less than three million to build.  What a savings for taxpayers.
            This is the problem with our government today.  Very few government officials that are given the power to spend OUR money do so with restraint or responsibility.  They know it is not their money and they do not have to figure out how to live on a tight budget.  They will just raise our taxes when they run out of OUR money to spend.
            The planned move of the Center Township Small Claims Court to the Julia M. Carson Government Center over the objections of the small claims court judge is a perfect example of the liberalism and reckless spending of former Center Township Trustee and Congresswoman Julia Carson as well as Andre Carson, Current Congressman and son of Julia Carson.  As these liberals spend us into bankruptcy, those of us who have jobs and work for a living have to keep on giving and then give some more to support the spending habits of these liberals.
            Maybe we should start a new help group and make it a condition of election that they must attend weekly meetings of this support group.  We could call it Spenders Anonymous, or perhaps, Liberals Anonymous or even Socialists Anonymous.  They would have to get up and tell everyone that they are a spender or a liberal or a socialist and that they are trying to reform and they have been off the spending wagon for however many weeks.  That would probably be tax money well spent.
            Of course, the easier way would be to just throw them out of office at the earliest available point and elect conservatives to office that would serve our needs and cut the spending.  That would eventually cut our taxes so that we could start spending our own money again and start hiring more employees into our businesses again.  That is what is needed to get our economy moving again.
            There are elections coming up soon and a big one coming in November 2012.  Let’s change the way our country is run and get our economy back on track by putting conservatives into the leadership that will stand up for America both nationally and locally.  It is up to us.  We The People.  That is us.  If we don’t do it, nobody will.
            Remember in November 2012!!  I VOTE!! Do you?
Doug Chambers is the Publisher of Greenwood Newspapers, Inc. which currently publishes four newspapers across central Indiana.  His column “Things That Trouble Me” is currently syndicated in newspapers throughout the Midwest. You can reach Doug via email at news@indychallenger.com.
© 2011, Greenwood Newspapers, Inc.

www.challengernewspapers.com

*********************************************************************************************

How Not To Cut Your Budget
9/28/2011
            It was announced last week that the Center Township Board in Indianapolis had approved a plan to move the Center Township Small Claims Court from the downtown City-County building, where it has been since the building opened in 1962, into the Julia M. Carson Government Center.
            The court is the oldest of nine township small claims courts and the only one located in the twenty-eight story City-County building.
            Small Claims Court Judge Michelle Smith Scott was not consulted by Center Township Trustee Eugene Akers about the plan to move the court and has strong objections against the move.  Trustee Akers took office nine months ago and cites the plan to move the court as a cost saving measure.  Akers plans to move the court prior to the end of the year when a five percent rent increase will take effect.
            Judge Scott has objections to moving the court because her court has the highest caseload of all nine small claims courts in Marion County, fourteen thousand in 2010.  She cites the number of litigants coming into her courtroom and given that numbers feels the City-County building’s security is a critical part of running her courtroom.
            Akers cites the plan to move the court as a cost saving measure because the court currently pays $16,701 per year to lease the space in the basement of the City-County building and would see a five percent increase at the beginning of the year.  This would bring the annual rent for next year to $17,536 per year.  The trustee has said that the Carson Center will not charge rent from the small claims court and therefore the court will save the annual rent that it would pay at the City-County building.  This was stated in the form of a true liberal who would have no conception of how to cut costs or spending.  
            The problem with this cost saving measure is that the Trustee Eugene Akers is very slow to enlighten anyone as to the cost of moving the court into Carson Center site of the out of business 300 East restaurant space.  The estimated cost to move the court and renovate and furnish the space is $459.000.  This means that at the upcoming rental amount in the City-County building, it would take twenty-seven years before the court would see one penny of savings from the move.  That means that the Township will be in the hole for twenty-seven years before it gets back the money that it put into this move and start saving money.
            Compare that twenty-seven years to the fact that the RCA (Hoosier) Dome and Market Square Arena were only around about twenty-five years and were torn down because it was cheaper to rebuild than to maintain the buildings and that means before this move ever saves one penny, the Township will probably foot the bill to build or buy a newer building to house the court.
            This is reminiscent of the outrageous move a couple of years ago by White River Township Trustee Jay Marks, who was newly elected to that position and sold out the township by trading the township government building, estimated to be worth approximately 4 million dollars, to Center Grove Schools for a football park that was later sold for a mere two hundred fifty thousand dollars.  This was pushed on the public as a cost saving move to save taxpayers because the school system would have to build a new administration building and the move would save taxpayers that expense because it was the same taxpayers and the building would serve their needs without the taxpayers incurring a big expense.
            The kicker: shortly after the trade was finalized, the school system announced that they would have to spend seven million dollars to renovate the building to meet their needs.  Seven million dollars to renovate a five year old building that cost less than three million to build.  What a savings for taxpayers.
            This is the problem with our government today.  Very few government officials that are given the power to spend OUR money do so with restraint or responsibility.  They know it is not their money and they do not have to figure out how to live on a tight budget.  They will just raise our taxes when they run out of OUR money to spend.
            The planned move of the Center Township Small Claims Court to the Julia M. Carson Government Center over the objections of the small claims court judge is a perfect example of the liberalism and reckless spending of former Center Township Trustee and Congresswoman Julia Carson as well as Andre Carson, Current Congressman and son of Julia Carson.  As these liberals spend us into bankruptcy, those of us who have jobs and work for a living have to keep on giving and then give some more to support the spending habits of these liberals.
            Maybe we should start a new help group and make it a condition of election that they must attend weekly meetings of this support group.  We could call it Spenders Anonymous, or perhaps, Liberals Anonymous or even Socialists Anonymous.  They would have to get up and tell everyone that they are a spender or a liberal or a socialist and that they are trying to reform and they have been off the spending wagon for however many weeks.  That would probably be tax money well spent.
            Of course, the easier way would be to just throw them out of office at the earliest available point and elect conservatives to office that would serve our needs and cut the spending.  That would eventually cut our taxes so that we could start spending our own money again and start hiring more employees into our businesses again.  That is what is needed to get our economy moving again.
            There are elections coming up soon and a big one coming in November 2012.  Let’s change the way our country is run and get our economy back on track by putting conservatives into the leadership that will stand up for America both nationally and locally.  It is up to us.  We The People.  That is us.  If we don’t do it, nobody will.
            Remember in November 2012!!  I VOTE!! Do you?
Doug Chambers is the Publisher of Greenwood Newspapers, Inc. which currently publishes four newspapers across central Indiana.  His column “Things That Trouble Me” is currently syndicated in newspapers throughout the Midwest. You can reach Doug via email at news@indychallenger.com.
© 2011, Greenwood Newspapers, Inc.

www.challengernewspapers.com

*********************************************************************************************

Supply and Demand
9/14/2011
            Throughout history there has always been a supply and demand basis for the American economy that has decided the price of most items that are for sale in our country. It is a system that has worked pretty well throughout history as long as the system has not been abused.
            The one segment of this supply and demand system that has been open to abuse is the oil system that most of this country depends on.  For many years, America has been dependent on the powers of other countries to get the gasoline that we depend on to drive to work, school and any activities that we participate in.  This dependency has put us in the situation where we depend on being in the good graces of leaders of foreign countries and agreeing to their terms and conditions.
            This allows the foreign Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries (OPEC) to control how much oil is given to America and at what price. How comforting is it to know that these decisions are in the hands of some of the terrorist countries that want to destroy us. OPEC is made up of a group of twelve countries including Algeria, Angola, Ecuador, Iran, Iraq, Kuwait, Libya, Nigeria, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, the United Arab Emirates, and Venezuela.  We know that Iran and Libya are training and support locations for terrorist groups like Al Quaeda and that Iran is in the process of trying to bring onboard nuclear weapons that will be sold to terrorist groups with the intent to destroy America.
            Let’s also not forget that Saudi Arabia provided fifteen of the sixteen terrorists that were on the four airplanes that attacked us on September 11, 2001. This puts them in the same basket with Iran and Libya in my eyes.
            So now we have these foreign countries deciding how much oil we get and what price we will pay for it. I could understand why the price of gas was so high at the pump if this was the reason but the price of oil has dropped in the past few months while the pump price has not.
The price of oil last year was right at ninety dollars per barrel and the price of gas at the pump was an average of $2.69.  This week, the price of oil is two dollars less than a year ago at eighty-eight dollars per gallon and the price of gas is an average of $3.73.  This is because the oil companies are now almost all foreign owned and they along with the American owned companies have become deluged with greediness and have found all kinds of different ways to hike the gas prices to gouge the American public beyond belief. Every time there is a forecast of bad weather, we hear reports of these companies shutting down refineries and that causing the price of gas to rise.  The problem with that theory is that these companies have loss of production insurance that pays them for the money they lost from the shutdown.
So they get paid for the gas they do not sell and they do not have to pay the wages and expenses they would normally have to pay.  This means they make a larger profit than normal and still they raise the price of gas to make even more.
Another ploy is when the price of oil goes up, they raise the price of gas at the pump saying that they have to raise the pump price because they have to sell gas for the replacement price that they will have to pay to replace the gas that is currently in the tanks in the ground.  If this were true, then when the price of oil dropped, the price at the pump would immediately drop the same thirty cents that it rose when the price rose.  Instead, the price at the pump jumps thirty to forty cents and will drop a penny at a time until reaching the lower amount it was at earlier.
None of this explains, however, why the price of oil is two dollars less than a year ago and the price of gas at the pump is over a dollar higher than a year ago. 
On top of all that, we have more oil in this country than all of the OPEC countries combined and the projected cost of mining that oil has been put at a little over sixteen dollars per barrel.  This means that if the United States government (We the people) disbanded the likes of the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) and started to mine the oil that we have in this country, the price of gas would drop to about ninety-nine cents per gallon and our cost of living would drop tremendously so companies would have to start hiring to keep up with demand and that would drastically lower the employment rate and our economy would be thriving again within about a year.
We would also enjoy some other benefits from this n country production such as no more depending on foreign countries and we could tell all of them to get lost and stop bowing down to them.  We would have more income to this country instead of sending it to other countries which would lower our tax rates and allow citizens to keep more of their hard earned income.
Does this mean that the Environmental Protection Agency is responsible for the high price of gas today? Well, I believe this is a very good possibility.  I also believe that the blame also falls on our government officials that have allowed the EPA to gain the authority to do this and also the people of America because ultimately, we are the ones who elect the persons that are supposed to represent us. 
We need to stop the trend of political correctness and phony protection of the atmosphere and wild animals in this country and start doing what needs to be done to protect this country from foreign powers and terrorists.  We need to start producing our own oil and other merchandise in this country to put Americans back to work and keep our money in this country instead of spending it in other countries that will eventually take us over.
Remember this on Election Day and make sure you know who you are voting for and get out and vote.  Vote for those who will represent us the way that we want to be represented and let’s get out the politicians who disregard our wishes and vote only to gain some kind of profit for themselves.
Remember in November 2012.  Get out and Vote.  I do!!
Doug Chambers is the Publisher of Greenwood Newspapers, Inc. which currently publishes four newspapers across central Indiana.  His column “Things That Trouble Me” is currently syndicated in newspapers throughout the Midwest. You can reach Doug via email at news@indychallenger.com.
© 2011, Greenwood Newspapers, Inc.
www.challengernewspapers.com

*********************************************************************************************

Was 9/11 The End Of America?
9/07/2011
            Now that the Labor Day holiday has passed and we are all back to work after the long weekend it is time to focus on the upcoming tenth anniversary of the most horrific and tragic to ever occur in America.  That, of course, would be the attack by the radical Islamic Muslims who declared Jihad (war) against America many years ago and have been attacking our country and our culture ever since.
            I recall that terrible and tragic Tuesday morning of September eleventh 2001 like it was yesterday.  My wife and I were getting ready for work and watching Matt Lauer and Katie Couric on the Today Show when Matt broke in to say they were getting breaking news that an airplane had just hit one of the towers of the World Trade Center in New York City not far from the Rockefeller Center where they were broadcasting from.
            You could hear the concern in their voices as the network cameras were re-focused to the World Trade Center so that all could see the smoke and wreckage billowing out of the upper part of the tower.  As Matt Lauer was talking about the emergency response to the accident and the evacuation that was ongoing at the Trade Center, millions watched live as the second airplane crashed into the other tower.  You could hear Matt Lauer as he muttered “oh my God” in the middle of his sentence and then went quiet as I am sure he was searching for the next words to come out of his mouth.
            Thus was the beginning of a very long day that saw the collapse both towers of the World Trade Center, an airplane crash into the Pentagon and a group of very heroic Americans that took an airplane down into a cornfield in Ohio rather than let a bunch of Muslim terrorists crash it into the White House of Congress.
            Air travel was grounded for nearly a week, for the only time in my life that I can remember, television came to a halt except for coverage of the attack on America, New York City residents, previously branded as rude and uncaring, lined the streets into and out of the Ground Zero Area to applaud police and fire personnel going to and from Ground Zero and to salute those who did not make it out alive, the citizens of this country pulled together, ready to fight but not clear on exactly who the enemy was, and the cheers were heard around the world as newly elected President George W. Bush announced from Ground Zero that we would find who was responsible for this attack and we would hunt them down like dogs and bring them to justice.
            As time passed, President Bush tried to bring the leader of the terrorist group Al Qaeda, Osama bin Laden to justice and spent billions on the war on terror.  While we give him great credit for his handling of the aftermath of the attack, we also acknowledge that he nearly spent us into the poorhouse by funding two wars on terror and that he also was responsible for the taking away of many of our freedoms that have always been guaranteed in this country.
            I was sad that President was not able to get bin Laden during his Presidency but just as glad that President Obama was able to continue the hunt and eliminate the terrorist leader.
            As we approach the tenth anniversary of this tragic event in America, I continue to hear debate on how many freedoms we should be forced to give up to feel secure, the TSA security personnel at airports around the country and whether or not they are a deterrent and many other arguments over the safety of Americans in this country and how to provide that safety.
            Sadly, however, I feel as though the terrorists won on that fateful day in September of 2001.  This used to be a great and mighty country that would stand up to anyone at any time and no one shoved us around for any reason!  Today, thanks to those 9-11 terrorists, Americans are losing their rights and freedoms at an alarming rate, Liberals have taken control of this country and latched an unbelievable amount of citizens into government assistance programs in order to retain their votes and thereby causing a complete loss of any type of work ethic.
            We still have nothing at Ground Zero except a huge hole with a Muslim Mosque across the street and a declaration from the New York City Mayor that there would be no prayer allowed at the tenth anniversary program at the big hole.
            What should have happened after the attack was to round up all known Muslim terrorists that were on watch lists and have them deported back to their country of origin, the borders of this country closed down and monitored closely for illegal aliens that were sneaking into the country and a new law prohibiting ANYONE from taking flying lessons at any flight school without a thorough background check for ties to terrorism.
            Then we should have broadcast to the world that American citizens would not be subject to any additional screenings at airports, but anyone who was NOT an American citizen or wore any traditional Muslim clothing would be subject to any search necessary to ascertain that they were not carrying any type of weapon whatsoever.
            Then we should have announced to the countries around us and to our citizens that anyone who was caught assisting any illegal alien into America in any way would stand trial for treason and if convicted receive the death penalty.
            Then we should have hired a construction company and had the World Trade Center Towers rebuilt into the glory that they held before and specified to this company that the project must be completed within two years.
            Instead of bowing down to these terrorists and electing a President that is one of their faith and therefore afraid to stand up to them instead of bowing in apology to them, we should have rebuilt and left our country intact as a national monument to the greatness of this country.
            There is still time!  Let’s replace the politicians in Washington with men and women of faith, integrity, spiritualism, and backbone and start to get the Trade Center rebuilt and our country put back together.  Let’s all get a copy of the United States Constitution and frame it and hang it on the wall next to our framed copy of the Ten Commandments.  Let’s all be able to point that in the Declaration of Independence, the document that founded this country, it states that our Rights are Endowed by our Creator!!  Let’s all be ready to point out that these rights that are Endowed by our Creator cannot be taken away by the government!!
            We MUST get back to WE THE PEOPLE, or All will be Lost!!
            Remember in November 2012.  I vote!! Do You???
Doug Chambers is the Publisher of Greenwood Newspapers, Inc. which currently publishes four newspapers across central Indiana.  His column “Things That Trouble Me” is currently syndicated in newspapers throughout the Midwest. You can reach Doug via email at news@indychallenger.com.
© 2011, Greenwood Newspapers, Inc.
www.challengernewspapers.com

*********************************************************************************************

What’s Wrong With Losing?
8/31/2011
            When I was just a wee kid playing in the backyard or at a neighbors house, we always got all the kids together and chose teams to play different games.  It might have been baseball or it could just as well have been cowboys and Indians or cops and robbers.  The point was that we always chose teams which meant we were playing a contest that would have a winner and a loser.  That was life. That was the way it was. In life, both decades ago and today, there are winners and losers.  My question was “what is wrong with losing”.
            I don’t know if anyone else is asking this question or not but it seems that it is a question on everyone’s mind and that way too many psychobabblers have gotten into the fray and voiced way too many idiotic opinions.
            As a kid playing those innocent games with my friends, I learned the importance of winning and also learned the importance of losing.  It is important for kids to grow up and learn the difference between the two and how to accept each with grace and dignity.
            In today’s world, this is not happening.  All of the so called experts and especially school administrators have decided that the correct and proper way to raise our children is to coddle them and make sure that they never get their feelings hurt or have to suffer any disappointment as children and then throw them into the real world at the age of eighteen and expect them to know what to do.
            For instance, many little league organizations around the country have decided that the word losing should not be in any kids vocabulary so they have gone to this system of play where they choose teams at the beginning of the season and assign coaches that hold practices and then they go out on their day to play a game.  Sounds pretty ordinary doesn’t it?  The catch is that they no longer keep score of these games because they don’t want the kids on one team to think that they are losers just because they did not score as many runs as the other team.
            The downfall of this thinking is that the first thing the kids ask their coaches when the game is over is who won, what was the score.  Telling them that everyone won is not only a lie but detrimental to their maturing and growing as well as their thinking.  At the end of the season, they all have a get together program and league officials hand out the same trophy to every kid who played a game.  Now we have taught our kids how to be socialists.  They will grow up thinking that in order to get ahead in life all you have to do is sit back and collect whatever is handed to you.  They have now learned that the kids that try harder and excel get nothing more that the kids that stand in the outfield and pick their noses.
            When I was a kid and played on ANY team in ANY game whatsoever, there was a winner and a loser.  Sometimes I was the winner.  Sometimes I was the loser.  Whichever I was, I learned a very important lesson.  If I was the winner, do not gloat and act like I am better than the others because if I did, the next time I was the loser they would do the same thing to me.  If I was the loser, I learned that I had to work harder and practice more to get better so that next time, I might be better and be the winner.  But either way, I learned an important lesson.
            In today’s society we see this type of non-committal thinking moving into our educational systems and then we wonder why our schools are failing.  Again, when I was in school, you strived to get an “A” in your classes and if you got an “F” you failed the class and had to take it again.  More and more school systems today are moving to what used to be called “outcome based education” which was simply the above little league effect put into our schools.  Administrators do not want to hurt the little children by actually doing their jobs and teaching them so they move into a system where they do not issue grades, they simply teach their class and then give every student a pass and no one ever knows whether they actually learned anything or not.  The other side of this type of education is that no one ever knows whether or not the teachers are any good or not.  If you have a class of thirty kids and you teach them for a year and then pass them all on to the next grade without any grades, there is no way to judge the teacher or the kids and they may be learning nothing because there is no incentive to learn or for the teacher to teach.
            If you had a class of thirty kids that were taught by a teacher and given tests that were graded and all of the kids received “D’s” and “F’s”, then you could reasonably ascertain that there might be a problem with the teacher.  If you had a class of thirty kids that were taught and twenty-five of them received “A’s” and “B’s” and the other five received lower grades, then you could reasonable ascertain that the teacher was doing their job and there were a couple of students who needed some additional help.
            This newer system of giving everybody the same “grade” whether or not they deserve it is what will eventually lead to everyone in that class to the food stamp line.  Why should they try harder if they get nothing for it?
A local high school has now decided that this is the last year that they will have a valedictorian and salutatorian.  They do not want to discourage the other kids by glorifying one or two kids.  Instead, they have decided to appease those who do not try and pick their noses, so to speak, and make them as good as the ones who work their butts off to try to get good grades.  Sooner or later in this system, the kids who work hard will quit working at all when they get no recognition for their hard work and that is when the school will start to fail.
This is the reason that parents should have access to a voucher system, so when a school starts this type of socialist teaching and the parents want their kids to do well, not mediocre; they can send them to a private school.
There is nothing wrong with teaching our children that there are winners and losers and those who work the hardest usually become the winners and those who slack off and take the easiest road in life become the losers.  That’s what this country was built on and that is what we should all be teaching our children.  America has always been the land of dreams.  We used to teach our children that the American dream was that if you work hard, you get ahead in life and that if you take the easy way early in life it will be much harder later on.  We need to get back to teaching this valuable lesson instead of substituting this important lesson with slack off now and the government will support you for the rest of your life.
Doug Chambers is the Publisher of Greenwood Newspapers, Inc. which currently publishes four newspapers across central Indiana.  His column “Things That Trouble Me” is currently syndicated in newspapers throughout the Midwest. You can reach Doug via email at news@indychallenger.com.
© 2011, Greenwood Newspapers, Inc.
www.challengernewspapers.com

*********************************************************************************************

Road To Recovery Leads To Mexico
8/24/2011
            I have noticed lately that the Latino population has been increasing at an enormous rate over the past couple of years.  This is not a phenomenon that is restricted to those states that border Mexico.  It includes every state and most towns across America.
            Before I begin with this educational column, let me say that I have nothing against the Mexican people that are law abiding citizens and contribute to society.  But I do have something against the criminals that cross the border illegally.  These illegal aliens are NOT undocumented guests or undocumented workers.  That would be like calling those uncaught pedophiles that molest your children “undocumented sex education teachers” or calling the Islamic Muslim terrorists that enter this country to kill American citizens “undocumented guest soldiers”.
            The point is that we have many jails and prisons in this country to hold those that commit crimes and are citizens of America.  Why on earth do we allow criminals from other countries to come here and live freely?  Anyone from any country should be welcome here as long as they meet certain criteria.  Among those requirements should be; no criminal behavior or you get sent back to your country, you work and provide for you and your family and if you don’t, you get sent back to your country.
            Illegal aliens have become a big problem in this country, mostly because of the way they are treated with kid gloves as though any politician, Republican or Democrat, are afraid to stand up to them.
            During the presidency of Ronald Reagan there was an estimated two and a half illegal aliens in the country.  That number grew under George H. Bush to three and three quarter million and under Bill Clinton to seven million.  Then the George W. Bush administration saw this number grow to twelve and a half million and then fall to eleven million, mainly due to the stance of the State of Arizona and their efforts to stop illegal border crossings and deport those who were here illegally. Under the administration of President Obama, the newest estimate that was recently released shows that the illegal alien population could have grown to as many as twenty million.
            Now some of you will say that these people are Mexicans but they are not criminals.  This is hogwash.  When you break the law, you are a criminal.  If you are a Mexican citizen and you cross the United States border in such a way that is not legal under United States laws, then once you step foot on American soil, you are a criminal. 
            This illegal alien problem may not be such a problem if these people were just coming into America to get a better way of life but that is not the case in most instances.  They are coming into our country and getting on many different public assistance programs and requiring me and my fellow Americans to work and give up a large part of our paychecks to support them and even worse, for them to send our hard earned money back to their country.  I don’t know about you but I do not come to work every day to support the country of Mexico and its citizens.
            In 2010, the most current estimates of the education cost for illegal aliens is a little over one hundred twenty two billion dollars in this country.  On top of that the government spent another thirty-three billion to send illegal aliens to college. 
            The government, through various agencies spent slightly over twenty billion dollars of taxpayer dollars on providing translators at no cost to illegal aliens because they refuse to learn our language while demanding that we support them.
            We, the taxpayers, gave illegal aliens another two hundred eighty-five billion dollars in free food stamps, welfare, free housing, free utilities and other government services.  Then we, the taxpayers, added to that one hundred twenty-five billion in social security benefits for which these illegal aliens paid nothing into the system and another one hundred twenty-five billion in free healthcare benefits.
            The sad part of this is that we treat these criminals with more dignity and respect that we treat our own citizens from our own country that have been here and paid into these programs.  I know that if I had not worked and paid into the social security system, then tried to draw benefits from that system, I would be denied because I had not paid into the system.  Yet, we allow these people to draw social security without paying into the system simply because they broke the law when they entered this country.
            All of these programs add up to a lot of money and a huge burden on us, the taxpayers, who have to work to pay the bills.  If we closed the borders to those who were entering illegally and deported those who were here illegally, the unemployment rate would drop somewhat but more importantly, our tax requirements would drop drastically, there would be no need to raise debt ceilings, the companies that are hit hard by the cost of illegal aliens could afford to start hiring more Americans again and this would be the road to our economic recovery and taking us back to being the prosperous nation that we once were.
            Sadly, word has been released today that President Obama is skipping the legislative process of passing laws and has signed an executive order to stop deportations of the illegal aliens.  This means that we are in for a further decline in our economy as we allow the criminals to stay put and further drain the American economy while sending money home to build up their own economy.
            I think that this is criminal and that the President should be held accountable for it.  It is time to start following the United States Constitution once again and return this country back to the principles it was founded on.
            And for those of you who think that Mexican people who enter this country illegally are not criminals, I suggest that you go to the Mexican border and cross into Mexico illegally and see what their opinion of the matter is.  And then, by all means, give me a call to tell me about it in ten or fifteen years when you get out of the Mexican prison!
Doug Chambers is the Publisher of Greenwood Newspapers, Inc. which currently publishes four newspapers across central Indiana.  His column “Things That Trouble Me” is currently syndicated in newspapers throughout the Midwest. You can reach Doug via email at news@indychallenger.com.
© 2011, Greenwood Newspapers, Inc.
www.challengernewspapers.com

*********************************************************************************************

In The Wake Of Tragedy
8/17/2011
            It is amazing what can come out of a time of tragedy.  There are always some bad things.  There are always some good things.  There are always some indifferent things.  Last Saturday night was a horrific time of tragedy in Indiana at the Indiana State Fair.
            Just minutes prior to a Sugarland concert at the Grandstand Main Stage, with a storm moving in and leaving State Fair Officials in a quandary about what to do, a seventy plus mile per hour gust of wind collapsed the concert rigging onto the stage and the first few rows of VIP seating. 
            Five people have been confirmed as fatalities and at least fifty people were being treated at area hospitals with injuries that range from minor lacerations to critical life threatening injuries.
            The silver lining, as described by Lieutenant Governor Becky Skillman at Monday’s memorial service, began before the rigging even hit the ground.  Security Guard Glenn Goodrich was crushed by the rigging and pronounced dead at the scene.  However before his death he managed to grab a mother and her young daughter and shove them out of harm’s way just seconds before the rigging landed on him.
            Among the others that were killed were Alini Bigjohnny of Fort Wayne, recently hired to teach seventh grade English at Wilson Middle School in Muncie, Tammy Vandam of Wanatah, Indiana, Christina Santiago of Chicago, Illinois and Nathan Byrd of Indianapolis, Indiana.
            The silver lining is the best news to come out of this tragedy.  After the rigging hit the ground, trapping several people underneath, many of the concert goers refused to evacuate the area, assessing the need for help despite insistent pleas for them to leave.  Several of the Sugarland fans from the “Sugar Pit” ran to the site of the collapsed rigging and helped rescue workers lift the tons of steel rigging off the injured and trapped.
            As Governor Mitch Daniels stated in a press conference, “it is in times of terrible tragedy the Hoosiers come together to overcome the odds by helping out their neighbors.  The Governor was not surprised that Hoosiers at the concert ignored orders to leave and instead pitched in to help rescue workers free those who were trapped.
            Even though Homeland security issued a Level One Mass Casualty Incident order, there were not enough ambulances to haul all of the injured to area hospitals.  Some of the injured were driven to hospitals by good Samaritans wanting to help.
            As the goodness of Hoosiers comes out in the time of tragedy so does the bad.  Even before all the injured were removed from the scene, the blame game was being provoked by area television stations who were reporting from the scene.
            Even though several concertgoers were interviewed, and stated that an evacuation had been started prior to the stage collapse, reporters continued to ask the question over and over. Finally, they found a few patrons who were willing to say that no evacuation had been announced and that State Fair Officials had not asked anyone to leave.  There were a couple of videos that were shot beginning before the stage collapse that clearly showed fans leaving the grandstands prior to the collapse.  Yet for news reporters, it was not enough to report on the rescue efforts and the injured and dead.  They felt it was necessary during this time of grief and rescue attempts to provoke controversy and prepare the ambulance chaser lawyers for what I am sure to be the oncoming courtroom battle as the lawsuits are filed.
            Many have said that the fans should have been evacuated sooner with the impending storm coming.  According to the official timeline of events issued by the Indiana State Police as gathered from their investigation, fair officials began contacting the National Weather Service for weather updates at five-thirty pm and were told at five fifty-seven pm that a severe thunderstorm WATCH was in effect for all of Central Indiana.  The NWS was contacted again at six o’clock and seven o’clock for weather updates.
            At four minutes after seven o’clock the NWS contact fair officials with an auto dialer update regarding a severe thunderstorm WATCH.  At eight o’clock fair officials again contacted the NWS and were told that a severe thunderstorm would arrive at the fairgrounds at approximately nine fifteen pm and would contain small hail and winds at 40 miles per hour.
            At eight thirty, fair officials began moving State Police into the grandstand to assist with an evacuation to the fairgrounds coliseum until the storm had passed.  At eight thirty-nine the NWS issued a severe thunderstorm WARNING for Marion County.  Indiana State Police moved into position to assist in containing order and calm as the evacuation would begin and at eight forty-five, the announcement was made that severe weather was moving into the area and included instructions on how and where to seek shelter.  This was at eight forty-five when fair officials believed that they had thirty minutes until the storm would hit.  Four minutes after the evacuation was announced from the main stage, at eight forty-nine pm, a seventy to eighty mile per hour wind gust brought the stage rigging crashing down on the crowd.
            In my opinion, Fair Officials did an excellent job with the information that they had to work with.  They believed that they had thirty minutes to work with, not four minutes.  They believed the height of the storm would contain some small hail and forty mile per hour winds, not seventy to eighty mile per hour wind gusts capable of collapsing a stage.  Fair Director Cindy Hoyle was back stage at the time of the collapse and was visibly shaken by the events.  Undoubtedly if they had thought that there was any danger of this terrible tragedy actually happening, she would not have been there in harm’s way.
            Finally, in remembrance of those who lost their lives on that tragic Saturday night, the Indiana State Fair made the decision to do something that has not been done since World War Two.  They made the decision to close the Indiana State Fair on Sunday to allow families, rescue workers fair patrons, fair workers and all Hoosiers the time to mourn and grieve for those who were lost and injured.
            The Indiana State Fair opened again on Monday morning with a memorial service attended by more than five hundred people and missing several events that were planned for the rest of this year’s fair. 
            Our Indiana State Fair has, for years, been proclaimed to be one of the best in the nation.  I believe that this is due to the professionalism and dedication of fair officials, from Director Hoyle all the way down to the parking professionals who direct us into the fair year in and year out.  I believe that professionalism showed itself many times over on that fateful Saturday night when the emergency plans were put into effect as the worst case scenario came true.  In my opinion, these fair officials are to be commended on a wonderful job before and after in the face of tragedy.
            There are only a few days left of this year’s Indiana State Fair.  Let’s all show our faith and gratitude by visiting the fair and showing our support for the Greatest State Fair in the nation.
            I will!!
Doug Chambers is the Publisher of Greenwood Newspapers, Inc. which currently publishes four newspapers across central Indiana.  His column “Things That Trouble Me” is currently syndicated in newspapers throughout the Midwest. You can reach Doug via email at news@indychallenger.com.
© 2011, Greenwood Newspapers, Inc.
www.challengernewspapers.com

*********************************************************************************************

Eighty-Two Percent. WOW!
8/10/2011
            Eighty-two percent.
            That is a big number and a big percentage of anything.
            If I had eighty-two percent of all the gold in the America, I would be a very wealthy man.
            If I had eighty-two percent of all the silver in America, I would still be very wealthy.
            If I ran for Mayor of my city and received eighty-two percent of all the votes, I would be Mayor by a landslide.
            If I ran for Congress and received eighty-two percent of all the votes, then I would be one of the most powerful members of Congress.
            If I ran for President of the United States of America and received eighty-two percent of all the votes, I would likely be one of the most powerful Presidents that this country has ever known.
            If I owned eighty-two percent of the stock in a company, then I would control that company.
            Eighty-two percent. That is a big number.
            That number is big enough that you would think if that percentage of people in any organization were to speak out, the leaders would take note and listen.  In most organizations that would be the case.  I can only think of two cases where eighty-two percent of the people speak out against something and get ignored.  The first case is those who speak out against God.  Let’s face it, He is God and does not have to listen to anyone.  He can ignore them or reach out and swat them like a fly and He can do that because He IS God.
            The other case is President Barrack Obama, an elected politician who THINKS he is God but thankfully is not.  His theory of tax and spending us into the poorhouse is currently on track to bankrupt this country before the end of his reign, if not sooner.
            I would think that if eighty-two percent of the citizens of this country said STOP, that he would listen but that will never be the case with someone as egotistical as President Obama.
            Last week, in the city where the opinion poll is credited for making decisions that affect the daily lives of all Americans, there was a national poll taken with one simple question that was easily understood and answered.  The question on this poll was “Do you think Congress should raise the national debt ceiling?”  This was a poll taken by the Obama Administration and it is no wonder that the results of this poll were not broadcast all over the mainstream media.  The results of this poll were that eighty-two percent of the citizens of this country answered NO.
            This means that eighty-two percent of the citizens of this country, or roughly three hundred million people, were able to see and understand what five hundred thirty-five decision makers in Washington were NOT able to see.  They were able to see that raising the national debt ceiling is the first road down the road to bankruptcy.  Why is it that these five hundred thirty-five Congressmen and women are unable to see the plain facts that three hundred million of us can see so easily.  Perhaps it is because they do not live in everyday life the way the rest of us do.
            We were told by President Obama that if we were against raising the national debt ceiling that the credit rating of our country would be downgraded and that the stock market would decline.  President Obama was right!  We, as a country, were against raising the national debt ceiling and the credit rating of our country WAS downgraded and the stock market DID decline.  This was because the leaders in Washington did not listen to us, their employers, and went off on their own tangent because they all have this so called god complex and they think that they always know what is better for us that we do.
            When was the last time that you decided that you did not have enough money so you called up the bank and said, “I have decided that I need the ability to spend even more money than I make so I am hereby raising the debt ceiling (limit) on my credit cards.  I am going to raise my ability to spend by one hundred thousand dollars and in return I am going to cut my spending by one cup of coffee each month.”  If you ever try that, when the bank personnel get done laughing and pick the phone up again, remind them that the Congress just did the same thing on a much bigger scale.
            All of this tax and spend philosophy is the cornerstone of socialism and it is getting a strong foothold in this country with this administration.  We have gone from a country that was once acclaimed as being the land of opportunity, where anyone could come to this country and work hard and become independent and possibly even wealthy, to a country of handouts, where the American dream is no longer work hard and get ahead but has turned into how much can I get in handouts without having to work for it.
            We need to find someone strong to run for President in 2012 that can get this country back on track.  We need someone who is strong enough to stand up to the socialists and tell them to sit down and shut up.  We need someone who is strong enough to tell those looking for handouts that we will support those of us can’t support themselves due to some LEGITIMATE reason but everyone else is going to have to work whether they like it or not.
            Sadly, I have not seen anyone that fits the description on the campaign trail for either party yet, but I hope and pray daily that America finds that person and leads them into the arena in time for the next election.  It may be our last chance to recover before we go under.
            Let’s find that candidate today and support them all the way to the White House.
            Remember in November 2012!!  I VOTE!
Doug Chambers is the Publisher of Greenwood Newspapers, Inc. which currently publishes four newspapers across central Indiana.  His column “Things That Trouble Me” is currently syndicated in newspapers throughout the Midwest. You can reach Doug via email at news@indychallenger.com.
© 2011, Greenwood Newspapers, Inc.
www.challengernewspapers.com

*********************************************************************************************

Oh These Changing Times
8/03/2011
            It is funny to look back at the way things were when we were kids and compare them to the way things are today.  Back when I was a teenager, myself and all my friends could not wait to get our driver’s license and start driving.  I am amazed by the number of teenagers and even twenty-something’s today that have never had a driver’s license and have no desire to get one.  Times are changing.
            Those are the kind of voluntary changes in civilized life that happen on their own because people are free to make their own decisions.  Then there are the kinds of changes that people are forced to make because Congress passes laws that take away our freedom to choose.  This can be seen in the unconstitutional seat belt laws requiring people to wear seat belts against their will in order to give government agents the ability to collect another tax.
            Also along this line, when I was a kid I used to ride in the back seat of our car without a car seat, booster seat and usually even without a seatbelt. Sometimes I even slept on the back dashboard when we were traveling.  I made it through those years just fine.  Today, however, the government has decided that all children must be restrained in a car or booster seat until the age of twelve and until they reach a height of four feet nine inches.  Under these guidelines, my twenty-six year old daughter who is only four feet eight inches tall would be required to drive her car in a booster seat.
            But I digress.  The whole point of this is to talk about how things have changed not only in the way we look at things but also in the way the government looks at things.
            For instance, all the time that I was growing up they had these events called NASCAR races where a bunch of good ole boys would get together on Sunday afternoons and race their cars around a race track to see who could go the fastest and last the longest.  As this grew into a major sport, they began to use sponsors for the cars and the racing series became known as the NASCAR Winston cup series, with the entire series sponsored by Winston cigarettes. 
            This was back in the good old days when cigarette smoking was not the stigma that it is today.  Of course, this was also back in the day when doctors were telling everyone that cigarette smoking was good for you and four out of five doctors recommended Camel cigarettes even though the Marlboro Man looked much cooler than the Camel.
            The NASCAR series was sponsored by Winston cigarettes until 2003 when the government intervened (intruded) and decided that we no longer had the right to hear anything about cigarettes and prohibited the sponsorship of sporting events by cigarette companies.
            Now before we go on let me make this perfectly clear that I do not smoke cigarettes and abhor the use of cigarettes but at the same time I do not think that the government should have the power to tell citizens what they will or won’t do and I do not believe that advertising should be censored by the government any more than speech should be censored.
            That being said and regardless of what I think, the government has banned both  the sponsorship and the advertising of cigarette companies based on the fact that they are unhealthy and generally not good for you.  Yet doughnuts are still advertised daily and are much more the cause of diabetes and other obesity related conditions.  When will the government get around to banning the advertisement of those items?
            But I digress.  The whole reason for this discussion is that for years we have heard this same government tell us about the dangers of alcohol and what it can do to families.  We have the Governor’s task force against Drunk Driving, the Governor’s Commission for a Drug Free Indiana, Mothers Against Drunk Driving and Students Against Drunk Driving and several other organizations that try to educate and prevent alcohol abuse, underage drinking and drunk driving among the effects of alcohol.
            In my opinion it is much more dangerous and harmful to one’s self and to others to use or abuse alcohol than it is to smoke cigarettes.  I am sure that the vast majority would agree that alcohol use is at least as bad as cigarette use and that would probably include the ones who drink or smoke as well as those who partake in neither.
            So I guess the problem that I am looking at is with underage drinking at an all-time high and drunk driving filling our jails to way beyond their maximum capacity, Why is it that cigarettes are banned and we are now going to glorify the use of alcohol. 
            We do this every year during the Super Bowl, of course, and everyone enjoys the commercials.  But the former Winston Cup Series was taken away from the cigarette companies because, we were told, we should not encourage children to smoke.   But if this is truly the case, then hoe does it work that we should encourage our children to use alcohol?  IF it is bad for a cigarette to sponsor a racing series, then shouldn’t it be just as bad for an alcohol company to sponsor one of the racing events?
            This question comes as the Indianapolis Motor Speedway is announcing that Crown Royal Whiskey has signed a Multi-year deal to sponsor the Brickyard 400 NASCAR race.  This is sending mixed signals to our children telling them that the races cannot advertise smoking because it is bad for you while allowing alcohol companies to pick up the slack left by the banning of the cigarette companies.  Even worse, with drunk driving being an ongoing epidemic, we are now mixing whiskey with driving cars fast.  Doesn’t that mean that we are telling our children that it is bad to smoke cigarettes, especially while you are driving but it is ok to drink whiskey and drive your car real fast?
            I guess this is what we should expect from a government that has the idea that if you can’t pay your bills you raise your credit limit, not cut spending.
Doug Chambers is the Publisher of Greenwood Newspapers, Inc. which currently publishes four newspapers across central Indiana.  His column “Things That Trouble Me” is currently syndicated in newspapers throughout the Midwest. You can reach Doug via email at news@indychallenger.com.
© 2011, Greenwood Newspapers, Inc.
www.challengernewspapers.com

*********************************************************************************************

Hey Buddy, Can You Spare A Buck?
7/27/2011
            As we approach the deadline to raise the National Debt Ceiling in order to send our kids further and further into debt, I ran across some interesting examples of stupidity and wastefulness by our government that could be turned around to stop all the insanity.
            While the Obama administration has been hollering loud and clear that HE is not going to send the elderly their social security checks and stop their Medicare because the Republicans won’t allow the debt ceiling to be raised, I decided to take a look at what our government WILL be paying if the debt ceiling is not raised. 
            There are about thirty-six and a half million elderly citizens currently on Social Security in the United States receiving an average of eleven hundred eighty dollars per month.  This brings the total Social Security payout each month to about forty-one billion dollars.
            Since President Obama has announced that he will not send the checks out if the debt ceiling is not raised, he will be holding on to about forty-one million dollars in United States taxpayer’s money.  That is forty-one million dollars that citizens of this country have worked their butts off to raise and hand to a dictatorial personality who for two years has said it is my way or the highway.
            Now let’s look at the other side of this personality.  While holding on to and starving our elderly citizens in America, Obama will still be sending nearly nine million dollars to the country of Iran who is actively trying to gain nuclear weapons capable of destroying America. 
            While holding on to and starving our elderly citizens in America, Obama will still be sending nearly two hundred fifty million dollars to Pakistan who actively hid Osama bin Laden from America for ten years.
            While holding on to and starving our elderly citizens in America, Obama will still be sending nearly one hundred twenty-five million to Egypt, a country now controlled by the Muslim Brotherhood that was formed by Osama bin Laden as a predecessor to Al Qaeda, who is currently trying to destroy America.
While holding on to and starving our elderly citizens in America, Obama will still be sending nearly two hundred fifty million dollars to Palestine who is currently and always has been trying to destroy Israel and America.
            While holding on to and starving our elderly citizens in America, Obama will still be sending nearly five hundred million dollars to the country of Kenya where President Obama was born and became a Muslim that apparently hates America.  It is nice to see that if the debt ceiling is not raised he will starve elderly Americans while making sure to send money to the country of his birth so they can eat.
            While holding on to and starving our elderly citizens in America, Obama will still be sending nearly four billion dollars to other middle east countries who are very Muslim populated and have a great hatred for America and are always looking for ways to destroy America because of our freedoms. 
            The point of all of this is that if the debt ceiling is not raised by the deadline the Obama administration has set, it will not mean our country is broke and unable to pay its bills.  It simply means that the country will have to tighten the purse strings like you and I have to do when money is tight. 
            And just as you and I have to do when the money is tight, the Obama administration will have to make some difficult choices on where to spend our money for us.  It is sad to see that the choices that the Obama administration will make is to starve our elderly Americans by cutting off their Social Security checks while sending support and financial assistance to the tune of about eight billion taxpayer dollars to other countries, including his home country of Kenya, to support and feed them instead of Americans.
            If I were President of the United States, I would pay ALL American citizens first, then I would stop all payments to the illegal aliens who are drawing assistance without ever paying into the system and send them back home.  I would tell ALL the illegal aliens that they would be welcome in this country when they entered legally and worked at jobs where they pay taxes and Social Security like American citizens.  Then I would stop payments to those from the Middle East who are allowed to move into this country and given a no tax status and allowed to draw public assistance for five years under various government programs. 
            After that was done, I would then inform ALL foreign countries that we would no longer be giving handout to countries that want to cause harm to America.  I would inform them that we would be taking care of Americans first and if anything was left over, we would be happy to lend assistance to those countries that show respect for America and agreed to support America, not destroy it.
            After all this, I would then turn to ALL Americans and inform them of the new policy in America.  That policy would be that there were no more free handouts just because they did not want to work.  That policy would mean that if you can work, you are expected to work.  It may be at McDonalds flipping hamburgers, but if you want any kind of help and you are physically able, you better get some kind of job.
            If you are unable to work, we will support you with smiles on our faces until we see you doing something that is as taxing as the work you cannot do.  When we see that, you will lose your aid. Period.
            Lastly, I would turn to those wonderful people that we elect to make our laws in the House of Representatives and the Senate.  I would tell them to straighten up and start representing your constituents in the proper way.  This means keep your pants zipped up, quit spending my taxpayer dollars on sending pictures of your genitalia to men and women around the world and do your job.  If you cannot do your job and be good guardians of my taxpayer dollars, then you will be replaced at the earliest possible moment.
            Wait, now that I think about it.  I can do that last one without being President.  So can you.  What this country needs is not more responsible politicians.  They are responsible for enough as it is.  This country needs more responsible voting in the elections.  So study your candidates in the next election and start voting responsibly.  Voting is the most important thing you should do as a citizen.  Find out about the candidate you are voting for and make sure they will vote the way YOU want them to.
Remember in November, Vote.  I DO!!
Doug Chambers is the Publisher of Greenwood Newspapers, Inc. which currently publishes four newspapers across central Indiana.  His column “Things That Trouble Me” is currently syndicated in newspapers throughout the Midwest. You can reach Doug via email at news@indychallenger.com.
© 2011, Greenwood Newspapers, Inc.
www.challengernewspapers.com

*********************************************************************************************

My Cross To Bear
7/20/2011
            Is the cross I have to bear as heavy as the one Jesus bore?  Well of course not! But sometimes I wonder if it may be coming close.
            Jesus had to bear the cross that he was to die upon in order to cleanse the rest of us of our sins.  That is a heavy cross to bear, for sure.  There will never be another to bear as heavy as that one.
            The analogy comes from the fact that I am an American taxpayer that is being burdened with a debt to bear that is becoming increasingly heavier and heavier to bear.
            While Jesus had to bear his cross in order to relieve us from the burden of our sins, apparently, President Obama has decided that I (the American taxpayer) should follow that same course and work my fingers to the bone in order to relieve those who have chosen not to work of their burden of supporting themselves.
            As the debate in Washington continues and the fingers are pointed, our national debt continues to rise at an alarming rate and we will soon reach our notional debt ceiling.  A solution to the problem has been suggested by the credit rating agency, Moody’s, that in order to keep our credit rating the United States Congress should eliminate the debt ceiling entirely.
            I am curious as to how they think that eliminating the debt ceiling makes this country creditworthy.  I know that as I work day in and day out to try to eek out enough money to pay all the people that have me paying their bills and still have enough left to pay my own, there are times that I wish my local credit agency would call my bank and tell them that I should be given an unlimited credit fund so I could continue to borrow even though that would allow me to end up at a point where I would not even be able to pay the interest on the debt.
            The whole point of this would be to let me borrow unlimited amounts of money so that I would be able to afford all the taxes that President Obama says I need to pay to support all of the people who voted for him in 2008 and will undoubtedly vote for him again in 2012.  I am sure that all the people who voted for President Obama in 2008 were elated when he was elected and took the oath of office.
            I know that shortly after I heard all sorts of comments from people about how glad they were that the American people had finally elected a President that would represent them.  I heard a comment from a gay man that he had voted for Obama because he would do what the gay Americans wanted.  I heard from a welfare bum that she was thrilled that Obama was elected because now her welfare payments and food stamp benefits would go up.  I even heard a comment from a black man that Obama was the first black man to be elected President and now he could show all the white people what slavery was like. (one small note, this man was in his late thirties to early forties and would have no idea what slavery was like, but also was apparently too poor to afford a belt because his pants were hanging down below his crack)
            The one thing I noticed more than anything in all of these comments was the fact that all of those comments were made by someone who voted for Obama because of their conception of what he would do for the limited group that they belonged to.  I have to say at this point that I did not vote for Obama in 2008 and will not be voting for him in 2012.  In 2008 I voted for the person that I thought would do the most for ALL AMERICANS in this country, not just a few.
            In the upcoming 2012 elections, I do not yet k now who I will vote for but I can assure you that the person I choose to get my vote will be the person that I believe will do the most for ALL AMERICANS!  Those who vote for anyone to an elected office because of what they think that person will do for one small group will obviously be those who do not work a full time job and have to support themselves and a family on that income alone.  The problem with this country today is that we have lost our morals and ethics in just a few short years. 
            We have learned to live on credit and to buy things now and worry about paying for them later, instead of working for the things we want and saving until we have enough to pay for them.  This seems like a thin line but it is a very important one for it says in the Bible that if you are indebted to someone you become a slave to them.
            With President Obama insisting on raising the debt ceiling, he is bolstering this prophecy to the point that we will soon become slaves to another country because they will hold all of this debt that our country (our children) will not be unable to pay back.
            On a closing note, as I listen to the threats from President Obama that if the debt ceiling is not raised, we will go into default and not be able to pay our bills, I ask that you pay close attention to what our supposedly American President is telling you.  He says that the elderly will not get their social security checks.  He says that those on welfare will not get their welfare payments.  He says that those on disability will not get their disability payments.  He says that those on food stamps will not get their food stamp benefits.  He says the United States Military will not get their paychecks.  He says that all of this will be the fault of the Republicans because they will not raise the debt ceiling.
            If the debt ceiling is not raised and the government does not have enough money to pay its bills, then you must understand that it is the Obama administration who decides what bills DO get paid. They have CHOSEN to pay themselves; Congress China, Pakistan Iraq, Japan, Haiti and many other foreign countries that they claim cannot survive without payments from the United States.  So as I bear my burden to work hard and long to support those who have chosen not to work and therefore voted for Obama, my question is this.  As the Obama administration insists on putting us further and further in debt for our children to have to repay and become slaves, when those evil Republicans stop the debt ceiling from being raised and the Obama administration decides that themselves, Congress, Pakistan, China, Iraq, Japan Haiti and all those other foreigners should get my tax dollars instead of the elderly and the poor, here is the question.
            You voted him into office and gave him unprecedented power to turn our country upside down for the good of a few people.  How’s that working out for you?
            Remember in November 2012.  Vote for the person who will work for ALL AMERICANS!!
Doug Chambers is the Publisher of Greenwood Newspapers, Inc. which currently publishes four newspapers across central Indiana.  His column “Things That Trouble Me” is currently syndicated in newspapers throughout the Midwest. You can reach Doug via email at news@indychallenger.com.
© 2011, Greenwood Newspapers, Inc.
www.challengernewspapers.com

*********************************************************************************************

The New Breed Of Baby Killer!
7/13/2011
            As I write this, a new breed of baby killer has been unleashed.  It is a sad day when something so awful is unleashed upon the world.  As you know, we have discussed in previous writings what I thought was the ultimate baby killers.  This was the farce called Planned Parenthood, the organization that promotes that promiscuity and teaches that parenthood planning is killing your babies before they are born.
            Today, however, I am appalled by the unleashing of a new baby killer that kills without remorse or even a conscience. It is the cruelest form of a baby killer known to mankind.  It comes in the form of a young lady looking devil and is called the Casey Anthony.
            As I write this today, twelve jurors (twelve people who were not smart enough to get out of jury duty) have unleashed this Casey Anthony upon the world.
            Casey Anthony, for those who do not own televisions, is the young mother who “allegedly” killed her two year old daughter by using chloroform to knock her unconscious and then placing duct tape over her mouth and nose until she suffocated, then placed her body into a garbage bag and dumping it in the woods within walking distance of her home.
            After committing this heinous murder, she then went out and partied with her friends for thirty-one days while never mentioning where her daughter was or even mention her at all.  Finally, when her mother called and asked where Caylee Marie was, she told her mother that the nanny had taken her and not brought her back.  Casey claimed to know only the first name of the nanny and had no idea of where she lived or what kind of car she drove.
            Casey told her mother that Caylee Marie had been missing for thirty-one days and she had no idea where she was.  But had she been out looking for her.  Not unless she expected to find her in a bar or at one of the many parties she was attending nightly.  Casey had such great concerns for her daughter that she never even assisted in the search parties that were out daily looking for her daughter.  She never assisted the police in the investigation of her daughter’s disappearance.  She never told the truth about her daughter to her parents or to the police who were looking for her.  Casey Anthony went out and partied!  That’s it.  She went out night after night and partied!
            Three long years later, after listening to mountains and mountains of evidence and testimony, seeing pictures of Casey Anthony out partying with her friends and laughing and dancing, after listening to tape recordings of Casey Anthony lying to police and her parents, after sitting in a courtroom and watching this monster cry at the wrong times and laughing when prosecutors talked about the discovery of her daughter’s body, the twelve jurors found this monster NOT GUILTY. 
            This is what our justice system has come to.  No longer do we have a jury that is made up of our peers for it is way too easy to know what to say to get out of jury duty.  Jury duty used to be a matter of civic responsibility and civic pride.  Today, it is too bothersome for most citizens to take the time away from work and other responsibilities to serve on a jury.  Today’s judges have become way too lenient on letting people out of jury duty.  So therefore we end up normally with a jury of twelve stupid people that are way too uneducated to be trying to understand the intricacies of a jury trial and the rules of evidence.
            These twelve people have released the party devil upon us and left her out in the real world to continue her partying and left her for us to clean up after.  But I pose this question to these twelve jurors.  Would you allow Casey Anthony to babysit your two year old for a few days?  Maybe as education for future jurors, we can make arrangements for each juror to leave their children with Casey Anthony for thirty-one days and see how they feel about their verdict then.  Maybe a little insight into the inner workings of Casey Anthony’s party life would have done them some good in the deliberating room.
            Sadly, this could never happen for the verdict has now been rendered and due to the double jeopardy rule in our law, Casey Anthony will now be a free woman and never able to be tried on murder charges again.
            Wait a minute, not so fast.  There is a possibility that Casey Anthony could be tried again for murder.  How is that, you ask?  She has been acquitted and therefore by the double jeopardy rule cannot be tried for murder again.  This is true. 
            If most of you watched the news reports of the celebration after the verdict and the insulting interview that Casey Anthony gave, she was asked by a news reporter what she planned to do now that she had been found not guilty and would soon be a free woman.  Her reply sent cold chills down my back as I realized exactly what these twelve jurors had unleashed upon the world.  Her reply was that she was thinking about having another baby.  Maybe this one will be named Damon and be the only way to stop her.
            It is obvious to ninety-eight percent of the people in this country that these twelve jurors made the biggest mistake of this decade when they acquitted this monster but we are stuck with their verdict on this case.
            I would have to agree with Jay Leno that it is obvious that the OJ Simpson jury has now retired and moved to Florida.  Perhaps Casey Anthony could learn to play golf and join OJ on the golf courses to look for the REAL killer.  Or perhaps it would be easier for her to just go home and look in the mirror!
Doug Chambers is the Publisher of Greenwood Newspapers, Inc. which currently publishes four newspapers across central Indiana.  His column “Things That Trouble Me” is currently syndicated in newspapers throughout the Midwest. You can reach Doug via email at news@indychallenger.com.
© 2011, Greenwood Newspapers, Inc.
www.challengernewspapers.com

*********************************************************************************************

What Is Happening To Our Country?
7/06/2011
            What is happening to our country?  This is a question that I sat here pondering over the Independence Day weekend.  Independence Day is supposed to be the time when we all get together and celebrate the freedoms that we are afforded by the Constitution of the United States of America.  Instead, I spent most of the weekend wondering what is happening to our country.
            As I look around to see what is going on in our country today, I decided to make some observations about the state of our country. 
            America is supposed to be the Land of the Free.  America is supposed to be the only country on Earth where people strive to come so that they can live out the American Dream.  That dream would consist of freedom from political oppression, being forced to work and give all your money to your government, freedom to speak your mind about anything without fear of being arrested or harassed, freedom to work hard and obtain a better life, freedom to raise a family without interference from your government, and above all, the freedom to practice whatever religion you want without being restrained or harassed by your government.
            These are the ideals that our country was founded on over two hundred years ago and these are the ideals that are guaranteed to us in our Constitution and our Bill of Rights.  These were the perfect ideals for which to begin a great new country.  As I look around today, I see very little resemblance to the America that was founded back in 1776.
            As for the American Dream, I see a bunch of football players, and now basketball players that refuse to play because they are only paid millions of dollars to play a game.  I see a bunch of team owners that refuse to even negotiate with players because they only make billions and do not want to share with the players that help them make all those billions.  And I see the working class taxpayers in this country who are ultimately the ones who shell out those billions to the team owners and the players, being assessed new tax burdens to pay for facilities reaching toward Taj Mahal status and given to teams rent free because the burden is on the working class people instead of the one’s who can actually afford it.
            As far as the freedom from political oppression, I see certain classes of citizens (mostly the Christians) in this country who are being politically oppressed by a vastly liberal government that refuses to follow the Constitution or even to acknowledge it to the point that we are told what we can do or say by our current administration that is completely liberal to the point of being un-American.  This administration wants to continue to tax and spend us into oblivion and can’t even lead the country because they are too busy pandering to special interest groups that support them and hosting their events like the gay pride celebration held recently at the White House.
            The American Dream of being able to work hard and get ahead in life so that you have the ability to give your family a better life is quickly going down the tubes as the tax and spend policy and the redistribution of income policy of the liberal administration are taxing those of us who actually have a strong work ethic out of our income and giving it to those who have no work ethic and would rather sit around and watch soap operas all day and drink beer and use their drugs, all of which are bought with the my money that was forcefully taken from me and given to them as a reward for not working.  This does, however, guarantee the liberal administration votes for their liberalism in the coming elections because all of these recipients of my hard earned money will vote the liberal way to assure that they can keep not working and receiving my money.
            Then there is the case of freedom of speech and freedom of religion, which as I see it, go hand in hand with this liberal government.  In the land of the free, we are now told that we are no longer allowed to speak our mind if it is determined to hurt the feelings of the special interest groups of the current administration.  Our pastors in our churches are told that they are not allowed to preach against such subjects as homosexuality, abortion, Muslim extremists that daily try to find ways to kill our citizens all because it may offend someone to be told that what they are doing is wrong.  On top of that, I see way to many pastors that abide by this rhetoric from our government and refrain from preaching about the sins that they are commanded by God to preach against.  Pastors are afraid of being jailed for saying that homosexuality is a sin or that abortion is a sin or even that murder is a sin if it is against a Muslim or other terrorist.  Pastor who are afraid of this need to back up and remember that God is the First administration and that they need to follow God’s commands first and those of the political administration are secondary.
As a result of the decline of morality in our country, we see most of our children being banned from learning about God but being forced to learn about homosexuality.  We see most of our children being banned from learning about the Bible but being forced to learn about the Koran.  We see most of our children being taught that it is wrong and immoral to kill the most despicable of murderers and rapists because the death penalty is cruel, but at the same time, being taught that it is ok for anyone to be promiscuous, even those under age, and to run around barely dressed and have sex with multiple partners without any worry about consequences because if they happen to get pregnant they can just run down to the local Planned Parenthood and murder the innocent baby.  How’s that for parental planning?
We are told that we can no longer spank our kids as a form of punishment and then we wonder why they bully kids at school, use drugs and take guns to school for the purpose of killing their classmates and teachers.
            Spend a few days pondering all of this and it will make you wonder what is happening to our country.  Hopefully it will also make you wonder about what we need to do to stop the moral decline of our country and how to elect some strong conservative leadership that will take the reins of our country and pull it back to the greatness that it used to be.
So how do you feel liberalism is working for you these days.  If you feel as though it is NOT working for you, then you must have a job.
Doug Chambers is the Publisher of Greenwood Newspapers, Inc. which currently publishes four newspapers across central Indiana.  His column “Things That Trouble Me” is currently syndicated in newspapers throughout the Midwest. You can reach Doug via email at news@indychallenger.com.
© 2011, Greenwood Newspapers, Inc.
www.challengernewspapers.com

************************************************************************************************************************

Judge Frees Baby Killers
6/29/2011
            This past week was a lesson for all that this country is no longer ruled by its citizens or their elected officials.  America is no longer the land of opportunity unless your opportunity is something of a destructive nature.  We have now learned that no matter what the majority of the citizens of this country want and no matter what laws are passed by any Congress, it does not matter.  What matters is how one judge feels about a subject because with the stroke of a pen and the bang of a gavel, a judge makes the law no matter what has been passed by Congress.
            This was made apparent when judge Tonya Walton Pratt granted a motion to Planned Parenthood of Indiana to allow it to reopen its baby killing factories and allow us (the taxpayers) to continue to pay for killing the babies of promiscuous women who are not responsible enough to use birth control and too lazy to work in a job with benefits so they can pay for their own abortions.
            I have never agreed with using baby killing (abortion) as a form of birth control but that has been a moral choice that a woman will have to answer to God for someday.  However, I cannot fathom where the federal government or a judge has received the notion that someone who is totally opposed to abortion should be required to pay for someone else’s abortion against their will.
            If any person gets caught breaking into someone else’s home or business for the purpose of stealing from them, a judge will eventually tell them that they will receive punishment from the court because they have to accept responsibility for their actions.  That judge will never tell them that I (the taxpayer) will have to reimburse the victim for the value of what was stolen.
            If any person gets caught using drugs, a judge will eventually tell them that they will receive punishment from the court because they have to accept responsibility for their actions.  That judge will never tell them that I (the taxpayer) will have to pay for them to go into drug rehabilitation treatment programs.
            So why does any judge think that if any woman goes out and is too irresponsible to a. not practice abstinence as she should, or b. to use some form of birth control when she decides that she has no morality before God, please tell me why any judge would decide that this woman should NOT be held responsible for her actions and why I (the taxpayer) should be required against my will to pay for this woman to kill her baby.
            For that matter, since the Obama administration decided to get involved in this state law and try to bully us into not enacting this law, I have this question.  Where does the federal government get the authority to tell me (the taxpayer) that I have to pay for baby killing against my religious beliefs?
            If it is against my religion to have my picture taken, then I can get a government issued identification card without my picture on it because that is my right under the First Amendment.
            If I were a Muslim that was wearing a Keffiyeh headdress that was large enough to conceal a weapon, I would be passed through TSA at any airport because I would have that right under the First Amendment, which has never made any sense to me.
            If I were an atheist that did not want to see the Ten Commandments posted in a courtroom where criminals might actually see them and learn from them, They are taken down because that would be my right under the First Amendment.
            So why do I not have the right to follow MY religious beliefs that it is wrong to kill a baby.  Why is it that a judge gets the right to tell me not only that I do not have the right to practice my religious belief but instead I am going to be forced to PAY for the very religious belief that it is wrong to KILL a baby!
            Why is it that in this country, that was founded ONLY upon Christian principles, does everyone have all of these right to freedom of religion EXCEPT Christians?  Why is it that MY religion that founded this country is the only religion that does not receive any of the freedom of religion that every other religion does?  
            We have Muslims trying to exterminate all Americans and they have the religious right to force teachers to teach the Koran (their Bible) in public schools but Christians not only can’t force the Bible to be taught but now teachers and in some cases even students and parents are being arrested for even mentioning the Bible or Christianity in public schools.
            Having Congress pass a law that makes killing babies is one thing.  That is leaving the choice to the one who has defamed God and done her own thing.  However, to allow a judge to overturn a law that prevents me (the taxpayer) from having to pay for that abortion is a completely different situation. At least under the first scenario, I can express my view to the mother and if she still decides to have the abortion and kill her baby, then she is the one who will have to answer to God on judgment day before the only Judge that counts.  By forcing me (the taxpayer) to pay for this woman’s abortion, you have forced me to participate in committing an offense before my God against my will.
            When will we get back to the principles that this country was founded on and start repairing the moral decay that is taking over this once great country?  Maybe the place to start is to get rid of all the judges and find some good God fearing judges that use the Constitution of the United States and the Supreme law of our God as a basis for enforcing the law as they are elected to do, and get rid of those who think they are a god and can make their own law as they go along.
            Maybe we can also start with replacing an administration that is leading the moral decay of this country and put a new one into place in the fall of 2012.  Let’s do it!
Doug Chambers is the Publisher of Greenwood Newspapers, Inc. which currently publishes four newspapers across central Indiana.  His column “Things That Trouble Me” is currently syndicated in newspapers throughout the Midwest. You can reach Doug via email at news@indychallenger.com.
© 2011, Greenwood Newspapers, Inc.
www.challengernewspapers.com

************************************************************************************************************************

Did Andy Rooney Offend 14% of Americans?
6/22/2011
In the five hundred or so emails that I receive every day there are a lot of people trying to sell something and even more trying to convince me that their political views are the correct one.  Most of these emails are simply junk that gets thrown into the recycle bin.  Unfortunately I have to take the time to wade through each one of them in case there is an important news story, an advertisement or public notice that needs to run, or even occasionally an inquiry or comment on this column from a reader.  But ninety-five percent of them get sent straight to the recycle bin.
Occasionally, however, I run across one of these emails that are what I consider to be email gold and is so precious that it absolutely must be kept, possibly even printed and framed and in this case, inserted into this column because I feel that it is that important.
            CBS 60 minutes commentator Andy Rooney, who is known for his 60 second ramblings at the end of the broadcast, is not someone who I agree with very often.  In a recent tirade on the show, he ranted about an issue that I am sure that at least eighty-six percent of all Americans agree with.
            I am equally as sure that Mr. Rooney sent network executives scrambling to assure the Obama administration, ACLU, All atheists and the Muslim society that these Mr. Rooney’s words were not the view of the network.  It would not matter to any of the above named that these ARE the views of the majority of all Americans.
            I will not try to paraphrase Mr. Rooney and put his words into my own.  I will simply print his words and let you enjoy them as he stated the issue perfectly.
Andy Rooney and Prayer
Andy Rooney says:
I don't believe in Santa Claus, but I'm not going to sue somebody for singing a Ho-Ho-Ho song in December.  I don't agree with Darwin, but I didn't go out and hire a lawyer when my high school teacher taught his Theory of Evolution.
Life, liberty or your pursuit of happiness will not be endangered because someone says a 30-second prayer before a football game. So what's the big deal?  It's not like somebody is up there reading the entire Book of Acts.  They're just talking to a God they believe in and asking him to grant safety to the players on the field and the fans going home from the game.
But it's a Christian prayer, some will argue.
Yes, and this is the United States of America and Canada, countries founded on Christian principles.  According to our very own phone book, Christian churches outnumber all others better than 200-to-1.  So what would you expect -- somebody chanting Hare Krishna?
If I went to a football game in Jerusalem, I would expect to hear a Jewish prayer.
If I went to a soccer game in Baghdad, I would expect to hear a Muslim prayer.
If I went to a ping pong match in China, I would expect to hear someone pray to Buddha.
And I wouldn't be offended. It wouldn't bother me one bit.
When in Rome   .....
But what about the atheists? Is another argument.
What about them? Nobody is asking them to be baptized.  We're not going to pass the collection plate. Just humor us for 30 seconds.   If that's asking too much, bring a Walkman or a pair of ear plugs.  Go to the bathroom.  Visit the concession stand.  Call your lawyer!
Unfortunately, one or two will make that call.  One or two will tell thousands what they can and cannot do. I don't think a short prayer at a football game is going to shake the world’s foundations
Christians are just sick and tired of turning the other cheek while our courts strip us of all our rights.  Our parents and grandparents taught us to pray before eating, to pray before we go to sleep. Our Bible tells us to pray without ceasing.  Now a handful of people and their lawyers are telling us to cease praying.  God, help us.  And if that last sentence offends you, well, just sue me.
The silent majority has been silent too long.  It's time we tell that one or two who scream loud enough to be heard that the vast majority doesn't care what they want.  It is time that the majority rules
It's time we tell them, "You don't have to pray; you don't have to say the Pledge of Allegiance; you don't have to believe in God or attend services that honor Him.  That is your right, and we will honor your right; but by golly, you are no longer going to take our rights away.  We are fighting back, and we WILL WIN!"
God bless us one and all...Especially those who denounce Him, God bless America and Canada, despite all our faults, and we are still the greatest nations of all. God bless our service men that are fighting to protect our right to pray and worship God.
Let's make 2011 the year the silent majority is heard and we put God back as the foundation of our families and institutions. And our military forces come home from all the wars.
Keep looking up.
In God we Trust
The End.
These are words that are very well written and express an attitude that most of us feel.  Let us take the advice of Andy Rooney and stand up and shout that we will pray when we want to, not when we are given permission by the atheists or the ACLU.  Let us stand up and shout that the minority are through ruling this country and the lives of the majority of us.  Let us stand up and shout that the ACLU, atheists, Muslims, non-believers and anyone else that we are not going to put up with Judges telling us that we cannot pray because we only listen to the everlasting Judge who tells us to pray without ceasing.
The silent majority NEEDS to be heard in 2011 and again in 2012 when we can vote the ones who try to tell us we cannot pray out of office.
Let’s Do It!!!
Doug Chambers is the Publisher of Greenwood Newspapers, Inc. which currently publishes four newspapers across central Indiana.  His column “Things That Trouble Me” is currently syndicated in newspapers throughout the Midwest. You can reach Doug via email at news@indychallenger.com.
© 2011, Greenwood Newspapers, Inc.
www.challengernewspapers.com

************************************************************************************************************************

People Are Stupid
6/15/2011
            I have come to the conclusion that people are stupid.  Now this does not include every single person in the world, just most of them.  Those who are using social media such as Facebook, MySpace, Twitter, etc. run an especially high rate of return on the stupid scale. 
            We have elected officials, such as Congressman Arnold Weiner, who gets caught sexting lewd pictures of himself to women other than his wife.  Do these people not realize that anything that you put on the internet for any reason is available to anyone in the world and if someone is looking for dirt on you they will find anything you were stupid enough to put on the internet?
            Then we have people who lose their jobs because they were stupid enough to put pictures of them doing something even more stupid on a Facebook, etc. page.  This branch of stupidity runs even down to law enforcement personnel who emblazon their Facebook pages with pictures of them doing illegal or stupid things with guns.
            Then there the everyday nobodies who watch the evening news and read their newspapers with all the stories about fools who put information on social media, only to end up in trouble for it.  These people sit back and laugh at the ones who got caught and say “I would NEVER do something that stupid”.  Those words are usually uttered shortly before they get caught with something stupid on their Facebook page.
            Consider the case of David Voelkert, a South Bend, Indiana man who was going through a divorce from wife Angela Voelkert.  Both parties to this divorce expected it to be a messy divorce.  This is the just another reason why when you make a marital commitment before God, you should attack the problems and find a way to work them out rather than disobey God and file for divorce.
            In this case, however, David Voelkert decided to carry one part of the marriage vows just a bit too far.  That would be the “till death do us part” clause.  See David knew that when the divorce became messy that he would have trouble seeing his kids and would have to hide his behavior from his wife and sort of lead a secret life for a while.  Problem is, David Voelkert is stupid.
            David’s wife Angela Voelkert on the other hand is much smarter than David.  She was preparing for this divorce and wanted to find all the “dirt” that she could on her estranged husband.  So Angela opened a Facebook account under the name Jessica Studebaker and posted a profile picture of some anonymous teenage girl that was supposed to be her. 
            Next, Angela (Jessica) sought out her husband on Facebook and requested to be his friend.  David (remember, the stupid one) accepted Jessica (Angela) as a friend without ever questioning why a teenage girl would want to be his friend.  David then began the process of entering the world of extreme stupidity.
            Shortly after befriending Jessica (Angela), David began running his mouth to Jessica (Angela) about the divorce that he was going through.  Then he told Jessica (Angela) that he had installed a GPS tracking device on his estranged wife’s van so that he would know where she was at whenever he wanted to know.
            David eventually wrote in an email to Jessica (Angela) the he was going to find someone to take care of his wife and now it will be easier because the GPS tracking device will let him know where she is at all times.  He even told the supposed teenager that she should find some gangbanger at her school who would take be willing to do the job for ten thousand dollars.
            This fool completely spelled out his plot to kill his wife and even asked Jessica (Angela) to run off with him and his kids afterward because they would not have to hide.  And he spelled it out right to his estranged wife without ever suspecting that this Facebook acquaintance was anyone other than a teenage girl who was willing to run away with a thirty-six year old man who she had never met.
            Extreme Stupidity.  He never saw it coming.
            David Voelkert, a video and audio-equipment salesman in South Bend, Indiana was arrested last Friday and charged in federal court with illegally installing the GPS tracking device.  Officials said he could face more serious charges.
            The dopey dad went on to spell out his plan to kill the mother of his children, never once suspecting that the incriminating messages were going straight to her, officials said.
"Once she is gone, I don't have to hide with my kids," David Voelkert wrote, according to court papers.
"I can do what I want and not have to worry about not seeing my family anymore. You should find someone at your school. There should be some gang-bangers there that would put a cap in her ass for $10,000. I am done with her crap!"
David Voelkert asked the "teen" to run away with him after his wife was out of the picture, before signing off the email with a smiley face.
            Yes this is the world of extreme stupidity but there is an important lesson to be learned here.  Anything, and I do mean anything that is posted on Facebook, MySpace, Twitter or any other social media or any website is there for all the world to see.
            If you go on your Facebook page and trash your employer, you may arrive at work the next day to find out that you are no longer employed.
            If you make plans to something illegal and post it on MySpace, you may find the cops waiting for you when you start your criminal activity.
            If you are a Congressman or Senator and you tweet a naked photo of yourself to some man or woman other than your spouse, you will probably find yourself on television trying to lie your way out of it shortly before you find yourself on television apologizing for doing something stupid.
            As I said before, people are stupid and I have learned that this brand applies to way more than half of the population.  Watch what you put out there on the internet and don’t become one of the stupid ones.
Doug Chambers is the Publisher of Greenwood Newspapers, Inc. which currently publishes four newspapers across central Indiana.  His column “Things That Trouble Me” is currently syndicated in newspapers throughout the Midwest. You can reach Doug via email at news@indychallenger.com.
© 2011, Greenwood Newspapers, Inc.
www.challengernewspapers.com

************************************************************************************************************************

What Is In A Name?
6/08/2011
What is in a name?  That is a question that has been asked all across the world in all sorts of situations.  Some couples consider that question when they are choosing a name for their babies.  They may even go out and research the meaning of different names before they choose the one they feel comfortable with. 
Sometimes, however, the meaning of a name is derived by the actions provided by the named.
Such is the case for a couple of organizations in our beloved country.  One such organization is Planned Parenthood of Indiana.  While those simply hearing the name of this organization would think that this would be a wholesome organization that sits down with families and help plan out their parenthood strategy so that they have the most successful of families, they would quickly realize how wrong that assumption would be.
Planned Parenthood of Indiana to those who are familiar with the mission of the organization would know that Planned Parenthood’s sole mission is to destroy families and impair women for the rest of their lives.  Anyone who is at all familiar with Planned Parenthood would know that they do not sit down and try to plan parenthood with prospective parents, they do not provide any type of family counseling to help families be successful or to help parents to successfully raise their children.
                Planned Parenthood has become widely known in the mainstream as the go to place for abortions.  That is all they propagandize to the media and anyone else who will listen.  They do not provide family planning unless you count an abortion or giving birth control to underage girls without their parents’ consent as family planning.
This is not the type of family planning that we need in this country.  Girls who wander into a Planned Parenthood office are bombarded with all sorts of information presented as being the truth and the only truth.  They are told that is perfectly acceptable for underage girls to have sex regardless of what their parents think.  They are told that they do not need their parents’ permission to get birth control and that their information will be well hidden from their parents.
These young girls are also told that if the birth control provided by Planned Parenthood does not work and the girls become pregnant, they can simply come in for a routine procedure (abortion) to make the pregnancy go away.
The saddest part of this story is that you give money to this organization on a regular basis to assure that they are able to continue to undermine us as parents and destroy our little girls.  You give them money, I give them money and the people in your church give them money.  We all give them money to perform abortions and undermine our families by telling our children that they should disregard what their parents have taught them about abstinence and that it is okay to go out and be promiscuous.
Most of us may not even have realized that we were giving money to support this abortion factory.  It is given through your tax dollars by a government administration that is now trying to tear apart the fabric of this country by doing away with anything that even remotely resembles morals or ethics.
I thank God daily that here in Indiana we have a legislature that was willing to stand up to the federal government and say enough is enough.  I also thank God that we have a Governor that was willing to stand up to our cowardly President and tell him that in Indiana, we do not take kindly to threats and if he (President Obama) wants to cut off our Medicaid funding, then so be it.  Mitch Daniels signed the bill into law that ended the funding of baby murdering plants with our tax dollars.
                Now is where the second organization with a misleading name comes into effect.  The American Civil Liberties Union is an organization that has a mission that they state as protecting the civil liberties of all Americans in the United States.  As before, anyone who is familiar with this organization would know how far from the truth that mission is.  The real mission of the American Civil Liberties Union is to undermine the Constitution of the United States and to fight for a small set of people who seek special rights that are not normally afforded to all citizens.  They fight to put restriction on the everyday law abiding citizens that are in this country because they wanted freedom and liberty not knowing that an organization with civil liberties in it name would do everything in its power to destroy that freedom and liberty.  So they fight for homosexuals claiming that they have a special set of rights that are just for them because they are special.  They fight for the illegal immigrants claiming that they have rights under our Constitution even though they are not citizens of this country and are criminals from the day they enter this country.  They run to court every opportunity they get to proclaim that the only people in America that are allowed to practice their religion are atheists and Muslims and to have it proclaimed that we cannot pray in school, we cannot mention OUR God outside our church, cannot post the Ten Commandments or use our national motto “In God We Trust” even though it is in our pledge of allegiance and even printed on our money.
It seems fitting that they should be running to court on behalf of Planned Parenthood to proclaim that Planned Parenthood has a constitutional right to receive our tax money to fund their baby murdering factories.
It is also interesting that the only time we ever hear mention of Planned Parenthood providing Pap tests, Cancer screenings, STD Testing and treatment is when they are trying to avoid losing control of all those tax dollars they receive to keep their baby murdering factories going.  I have also read through our United States Constitution once again and I cannot find any reference (not even a remote one) that says that Planned Parenthood has the right to force taxpayers to give them money against our will so they can keep murdering babies.
I would even be willing to bet tyat if anyone had mentioned anything so blatantly against what our forefathers had in mind when they wrote the Constitution, they would have immediately been tarred and feathered before quickly being put to death.  Funny how the ACLU seems to be able to read our Constitution and find all sorts of words that have never appeared there.
Let’s tell the judges that we do not want to support these baby murdering factories anymore ands then tell President Obama and his administration that we will not be hiring him for a second term.  It is sad that we cannot hire Mitch Daniels to replace him!
Doug Chambers is the Publisher of Greenwood Newspapers, Inc. which currently publishes four newspapers across central Indiana.  His column “Things That Trouble Me” is currently syndicated in newspapers throughout the Midwest. You can reach Doug via email at news@indychallenger.com.
© 2011, Greenwood Newspapers, Inc.
www.challengernewspapers.com

************************************************************************************************************************

Why Should We Defend Israel?
6/01/2011
            Many many years ago, long before the birth of Jesus Christ, Our God sent a man named Moses to Egypt with a specific purpose in mind.  God wanted Moses to lead His people out of Egypt to the Promised Land.  The Promised Land was the land of Canaan, which today is known as Israel.
            Moses was not particularly inclined to accept this mission but God can be very persuasive.  Eventually Moses agreed and headed for Egypt.  Upon arriving, Moses met with Pharaoh          and explained that God wanted Pharaoh to let God’s people leave.  Pharaoh declined which led God to embark on some very persuasive measures such as plagues and famines until Pharaoh finally relented.  As the Israelites were leaving Egypt, Pharaoh had another change of mind and sent his soldiers after them to bring them back.  Needless to say, that this was God they were dealing with and there was no way to stop an order from God. God parted the Red Sea and the Israelites crossed on dry land and when the soldiers tried to follow, God released the sea upon them and they all perished.
            After forty years the Israelites were led to the Land of Canaan which was renamed Israel.  This was the beginning of the Kingdom of Israel.  God gave Israel to the Israelites (His chosen people) to be their home forever.  God promised that it would be their home until the end of eternity. 
            Over the years, the enemies of Israel fought to take the land away from the Israelites and at times succeeded because the Israelites had gone through a period of disobeying God.  They always managed to get their land back after they repented to God asked Him to help them get their land back and defeat their enemies.
            Today, in modern history, The United States of America have always come to the aid of Israel and defended them when necessary.  Many people wonder why we do this. Many people do not believe that we should defend Israel and should keep our noses out of there.  A small minority of Americans even believe that we should take Israel away from the Israelites and give it to the Arab Muslims to bring peace to the Middle East.  Most assuredly the last category are the same ones who fight our right to pray to God or to practice our religion and worship freely where ever we choose to do so.
            It says in the Bible in Genesis 12:2-3 that God, speaking to Abraham after promising Abraham the Land of Canaan to him and his descendants that God “will bless those who bless you and whoever curses you I will curse”.  There are many other points in the Bible where God expresses His desire that this land remain in control of the Israelites and that those who protect and defend the land of His people will be blessed and those who seek to destroy the land of His people will be destroyed themselves. 
            What does this have to do with America today you might ask?  America has had a treaty to protect and defend Israel for many years.  Last week, our President took a bold step against Israel by becoming the first American President to publicly call for Israel to give up the land that was promised by God to be theirs until the end of eternity.  President Obama called for Israel to give up part of its promised land to the Muslim Arab’s that want it and allow a two state solution to bring peace to the area.  Now we all know that is a ridiculous answer to a battle that has been in progress since the days of Moses.  We have all watched as time after time, the different American administrations have convinced others to give in to the Muslim Arab’s and each and every time the promised peace is never delivered.  Once the Muslim Arab’s get what they have asked for, the war and terrorism starts all over as they try to negotiate even more territory.  American Presidents have been trying to convince Israel to disobey God and give up their land since the end of the Ronald Reagan era.  It astonishes me that these Presidents have not noticed the serious decline that has taken place in our country since this has started.
            I believe that God was serious when he said to the Israelites that He would bless those who bless Israel and curse those who curse Israel.  I also believe that God has a way of sending messages that will assure that He has been heard and understood.
            Shortly after President Reagan left office, new President George H.W. Bush, while in Madrid suggested that Israel divide itself into to states and give one of them to the Arab people.  The very next day, the “perfect Storm” blew through President Bush’s house in Kennebunkport Maine.  Last week, after President Obama called for virtually the same division of Israel and giving half of Israel to the Arab people, on May 20th and two days later the Midwest was devastated by the tornados that dropped out of the sky and destroyed much of Joplin Missouri.  Do I believe in coincidence? Absolutely not!  Do I believe that our God has the power to let us know when He does not agree with the way we are handling His business. Definitely!
            Remember, God has stated throughout the Bible the He will bless those who bless Israel and curse those who curse Israel.  When America, represented by President Obama, is telling Israel to directly disobey God, then we are cursing Israel and therefore God has promised to curse us.  This has been happening throughout the years as America itself has disobeyed our God by taking prayer out of schools, allowing our religious freedom to be hampered by non-believers, who sue to stop us from worshiping, by allowing the murder of millions of unborn children in direct violation of the sixth commandment of God that says “Thou shalt not murder”.
            As with the Israelites over the years though, America has the ability to turn itself around and save itself from our God.  When the Israelites have lost their land because they disobeyed God, they repented before God and asked Him to lead them in the fight to get back the land that God had promised them.  God was always there to protect them and defeat their enemies.  As Americans, we should be repenting before God and asking Him to help us take back our land from those who are trying to destroy it.  This means that we need to start standing up to the likes of the ACLU, liberal politicians and anyone else who is out there every day trying to undermine God in our country.
            This is our country and we should be the ones who decide how it is run and we should have the ability to turn that power over to our God and make decisions that would please Him.
            Think about it.  There is a major election coming up next year.  That election could be the beginning of the end or the beginning of a revolution of the God fearing Americans who want to take our country back from our enemies and restore the faith in God that this country was built on.     
Doug Chambers is the Publisher of Greenwood Newspapers, Inc. which currently publishes four newspapers across central Indiana.  His column “Things That Trouble Me” is currently syndicated in newspapers throughout the Midwest. You can reach Doug via email at news@indychallenger.com.
© 2011, Greenwood Newspapers, Inc.
www.challengernewspapers.com

************************************************************************************************************************

What’s Wrong With Politics Today
5/18/2011
            I hear Americans complain day after day about the economy, the price of gas, the price of food, the lack of jobs, and nearly everything else that is of consequence in our country.  It seems as though there is no answer to the question of how to fix the economy.  We hear the politicians day after day droning on about how we need to raise taxes on the rich or raise this tax or that tax.  People wonder what is wrong with politics that the politicians cannot figure out a solution to all of these problems facing America.
            Well I am here to tell you what is wrong with politics.  It is the people that we elect to represent us in Washington.  These politicians have forgotten everything about what it means to serve the citizens of America.  Somehow along the road these politicians came up with the idea that being elected to a term in Washington DC was the equivalent of holding the winning lottery ticket.  Most of these politicians go in being one of the upper class in this country and come out being a member of the richest elite millionaires in the entire country.  How does this happen if they are going there to serve us?
            Therein lies the problem.  Most of the politicians are not there to serve the citizens of America.  They are there to line their pockets with gold and silver in any fashion they can find.  Most of them have forgotten what the Constitution is and that is giving them a lot of credit that they ever knew in the first place.  This is the same Constitution that they have sworn to defend and uphold and then turn aroun and trash daily.
            Over the years, the politicians have allowed every whining cause in America to come and throw money at them to get them to disregard the constitution and change the laws in our country to the point that the minority of the people now control the majority.
            If you took a poll in this country, you would find that approximately eighty-six percent of American citizens want to see prayer returned to school.  That is because the majority of us realize that having prayer in school does not interfere with anyone’s religion because no one is forced to pray.  Prayer in school does however go a long way toward teaching our children respect and good values.  The politicians decided to turn away from the constitution however and outlaw prayer in school in violation of the freedom of religion guaranteed in the first amendment.
            If you took a poll in this country, you would find that approximately sixty-three percent of American citizens disagree with abortion and want to see it banned.  This is because most American citizens realize that killing an unborn child is not a proper form of birth control.  It also is not effective in changing our children from thinking that sexual promiscuity is wrong and that abstinence is the best form of birth control.  Back in the times when a teenager getting was an embarrassment and the pregnant mother to be was sent away until the baby was born, there was a very low percentage of teen pregnancy.  This was because it was not acceptable.  Today however, since the politicians have given every teenager the right to have an abortion anytime they please and usually at taxpayer expense, we have a teen pregnancy rate that has skyrocketed to a whopping fifty-nine percent.
            The politicians have decided that the second amendment no longer applies to today’s society so they have decided to ignore the Constitution and limit, with plans to eventually eliminate any freedom for law abiding citizens to own a firearm.  The reasoning here may make a little more sense because the initial reason for the second amendment was so that EVERY citizen had the right to own and carry a firearm in order to avoid the government from getting to oppressive against it’s citizens and so that the citizens could overthrow the government if this happens.  Is that the reason that the politicians in Washington DC are constantly trying to take away our guns?
            It is time for ALL Americans to get together and solve the problems of this nation by throwing out ALL the politicians and starting over.  We need to elect people with common sense who think the way that the majority of Americans do and stop letting the whining special interest groups control our country.
            Taxes are outrageous because Congress keeps allowing the freeloaders to live off of you and me.  We have to take our hard earned dollars and give them to those who are too lazy to go get a job.  It unnerves me every time I hear someone say that they don’t mind getting fired because then they can draw unemployment and get paid to sit at home and do nothing. 
            It get really angry when I am somewhere like the bowling alley listening to someone talk about how they are drawing disability from Social Security because they have a back injury that won’t allow them to work and then seeing a neighborhood quadriplegic in an electric wheelchair puttering down the sidewalk going to a job at the call center.  Why should you and I support the guy at the bowling alley drinking beer and throwing a fifteen pound ball down the lane when the quadriplegic is holding down a steady job?
            It is time to change the way things work in this country and that starts by getting rid of the politicians that are running it.  I would say that we should outlaw lawyers in Congress but that would be discrimination.  We should however send a variety of people from all walks of life to Congress so that there is an equitable mixture that represents all walks of life in our country and not just the elite rich.
            I certainly do not want the elite rich keeping watch over my rights, my freedoms, and definitely not over my money.  That would be like giving it to a bank to use and charge us for the privilege. 

But that is a story for another day!
Doug Chambers is the Publisher of Greenwood Newspapers, Inc. which currently publishes four newspapers across central Indiana.  His column “Things That Trouble Me” is currently syndicated in newspapers throughout the Midwest. You can reach Doug via email at news@indychallenger.com.
© 2011, Greenwood Newspapers, Inc.
www.challengernewspapers.com

************************************************************************************************************************

Kids Or No Kids
5/11/2011
            I have noticed a disturbing trend in babysitting lately.  In an era when electronic babysitting has virtually taken over, it is no uncommon to see children who are babysat by any number of electronic devices.
            Television has slowly become the number one babysitter in the electronic family with a majority of parents sitting their children in front of a television show in order to keep them occupied so they did not have to stop what they were doing.  All in all, this is most likely not harmful if it is only done once in a while.
            The problem comes with parents who see that this is a way to get their children occupied in something that will allow them to proceed with what they want to do without having to care for their children.  As this becomes more and more frequent, the television eventually takes over the parenting role of the children and before long we are wondering where our children have learned such rude and controversial behavior.  This is reflected in children who never miss an episode of “Sponge Bob, Square Pants”          and have parents who wonder where they learned to tell other children that they are stupid.
            Back in better times, they children went to school during the day and then came home to do their homework and then go outside to play with friends.  At dinnertime, they were called in to sit down at a dining room table to eat the evening meal with their parents and siblings.  This was where parents usually learned from their children what had occurred during the day and the family generally caught up on what was going on in each other’s lives.
            Soon the television drifted into the kitchen and families stopped talking and began watching television as they ate dinner.  As the conversation at the dinner table stopped, the family began to drift apart and family members began arriving for dinner at different times and the younger children were fed in front of the television.
            It did not take long before the kids started playing video games instead of playing outside.  This was the start of a major childhood obesity crisis that has grown into an all-out epidemic today.  More importantly has been the evolution of these games from friendly contests to complete realistic war and criminal games that are teaching some unbelievable things.  Released into today’s childhood society are games that top the best seller lists for childhood games and teach the children how to use guns to kill people they don’t like, teach them about violence and how to use it to solve problems, teach them about sex sometimes at a very young age, and many other disgusting behavior.  One game in the Grand Theft Auto series even has the child have sex with a prostitute and then kill her to move on to the next level.  And we wonder why our children are growing up to treat each other with disrespect and why they are having sex at such a young age.
            A huge section of today’s society does not even see their children for days at a time as they have moved into the electronic lifestyle.  Parents communicate with their children through text messaging and often do not know where there children are throughout the day or night.  I have seen teenagers and even younger sit side by side and carry on a conversation through text messaging without ever muttering a word to one another.  Sad to say I have also seen parents converse with their children in the same manner.
            As little as twenty years ago it was unusual to see an adult with a cell phone and today nearly every adult has one along with every teenager and as disturbing as it seems, I see a huge section of six to twelve year olds carrying cell phones complete with internet access and all kinds of porn. And we wonder what is happening to our children.
            As this electronic society grow even larger with the sharing advent brought on by MySpace, Facebook Twitter and other social media, our children are becoming less and less inclined to exercise, play (in person) with other children communicate with anyone by voice and are quickly losing all social skills that they will need to be successful in life and in the workplace.
            Parents often wonder where the years have gone as their children are leaving home and the answer is that the years have gone to your electronics.  Parents do not realize that they should spend their children’s lives during the growing up stage talking to them, finding out what is going on in their lives, teaching them important skills like how to treat each other with respect and dignity, how to play outside and the importance of not sitting at the television or computer all the time.
            I have heard parents ask the question “how did my child get into all this electronic stuff?”  Most of them will ask this question while texting their child about current events.  They do not realize that it started when they did not want to take the time to talk to their child so they sat him/her in front of the television.  Most of the time, this starts at a very young age with children watching such shows as Barney, the Dinosaur in order to babysit them.  I have even seen babies put in a rocker and sat in front of cartoons while the parent did housework, played on a computer or visited with friends.
            It starts at a very young age and has become an epidemic of growing proportions.  The latest trend is the one that inspired this column.  I have seen this twice in the last week while dining out.  Parents want to keep their children occupied while dining out so instead of talking to them or entertaining them, they bring a portable DVD player into a restaurant and sit it in front of their children at the restaurant table.
            One of the couples was sitting at the table behind me and it was so loud that I could not even carry on conservation with my wife across the table.  Any time the cartoon on the DVD player ended, the child would scream a blood curdling scream.  The obvious problem here was the fact that these parents were clueless as to how the child became this way.  During the entire meal, I never once heard either parent speak to the child.  The cartoon would stop, the child would scream and one parent or the other would reach over and start the cartoon over.
            So the new question at restaurants will soon be “Would you like Kids or no kids seating”  I have decided that the next time I encounter this problem, I am going to approach the table in a very kind manner and ask the parents to please turn off the DVD player and talk to their child instead.  Come on parents.  It is time to get a clue.  Start teaching your children manners, social skills, etiquette and most important, the art of conversation.  Don’t leave it up to electronic stimulus to teach your kids everything they know.  If you do, it may surprise you what they know by the time they are fifteen.
Doug Chambers is the Publisher of Greenwood Newspapers, Inc. which currently publishes four newspapers across central Indiana.  His column “Things That Trouble Me” is currently syndicated in newspapers throughout the Midwest. You can reach Doug via email at news@indychallenger.com.
© 2011, Greenwood Newspapers, Inc.
www.challengernewspapers.com

************************************************************************************************************************

      It Was A Bad Week For Terrorists!

5/04/2011
            Sunday night as I sat with my wife watching “The Donald” getting ready to fire another celebrity and wondering if he would really run for President, a special “breaking news” alert began to scroll across the bottom of the screen.  The scroll stated that President Obama would address the nation with some important news in a few moments.  That immediately grabbed hold of my attention as I began to wonder what had happened to bring the President to address the nation during a possible presidential opponent’s television show.
            My first thought was that it must be something really bad.  I had already heard that in Libya, Moammar Gadhafi’s compound had been bombed and that one of his sons had been killed along with three of his grandsons.  I wondered if the Libyan Terrorist had struck back against Americans because of this.
            I then watched as the news events began to unfold that the Great Evil One who I believe could have been Satan himself, Osama bin Laden, had been shot in the head and killed and that this had been confirmed by DNA testing, followed by his body being buried at sea to avoid any grave that could become a shrine for terrorists. I was stunned, elated, and proud to be an American, sorry that George Bush did not get to make the announcement but glad that President Obama did, and glad to be a Christian instead of a radical Muslim with a religion that says to kill anyone who does not believe what you believe.
            I found it interesting that bin Laden died in a firefight with Navy Seals and in the end showed what a true COWARD he was as he pulled his wife in front of him to use as a human shield.  Nice to know that the most evil coward in the world put his wife in front to catch HIS bullets instead of protecting her as most American men would have done.
            I was glad to see the news reports that the White House was surrounded by thousands of people who ran into the streets to celebrate the death of the most hated man in America, if not the world.  Likewise, in New York, thousands of Americans gathered at Ground Zero to celebrate.  Across the country, people sent Twitter message at a peak rate that rivaled the Super Bowl while fans at the Phillies vs. New York Mets game stood and cheered as the game was halted at the news.  It was good to see Americans having something to celebrate as a country and to gather together with total strangers for the first time since nine, one, one.  Back then we gathered together to help our neighbors and to mourn and grieve together.  On Sunday, the cause was much more joyous as the end of a worldwide manhunt came to an end.
            In a quote to news reporters, President George W. Bush made the comment that “Tonight America has sent an unmistakable message: No matter how long it takes, justice will be done”.  I think this makes an important point.  There are those who say that Al Qaeda will attack America in revenge for the bin Laden killing.  I would say to any who might try that we did not choose this fight.  This was a fight that was started solely by Osama bin Laden when he decided that he was going to attempt to destroy America.  I would also tell all other terrorists out there who think they might try to carry on bin Laden’s mission what a poor decision that would be.
            It took ten years to locate and eliminate Osama bin Laden.  That is what Americans call determination.  If we are attacked again, we will hunt down and eliminate the perpetrators again just as we did with bin Laden.  Most Americans do not choose to fight and wish for peace.  But if backed up to a wall and forced to fight we will, AND WE WILL WIN!!  And if we are attacked, we will spare no expense to find you and make you pay with your life.
            Along the same lines, the job is done and we need to stop being the world police.  We need to bring our military people home and tell them “job well done.”  Then we need to put them back to their original mission of protecting America instead of other countries, use them to secure our borders from illegal aliens and also from terrorists sneaking across our borders.
            And maybe, just maybe, we can turn the killing of the most evil wanted man in the world into a grand and glorious thing.  Maybe we can use this time now to gather together  in a time of healing and lick our wounds, restore some friendships and hopefully stop some of the hatred against Muslims that do not believe in killing anyone who does not believe exactly what they believe.
            That is what we do here in America.  We trust in God and we forgive.  Admittedly it has been hard for nearly ten years because of the negative effects of Muslims flying American planes into American buildings.  But now that the leader of that attack has been killed, it is time to let the healing begin.           
            We are God fearing Americans.  We will regain worldwide respect.  We will stand tall and proud together.  We will become strong again.  We will do this because we are Americans.
            To Osama bin Laden, a final farewell. Enjoy your time where the Son don’t shine but the eternal flames of Hell do!
Doug Chambers is the Publisher of Greenwood Newspapers, Inc. which currently publishes four newspapers across central Indiana.  His column “Things That Trouble Me” is currently syndicated in newspapers throughout the Midwest. You can reach Doug via email at news@indychallenger.com.
© 2011, Greenwood Newspapers, Inc.
www.challengernewspapers.com

************************************************************************************************************************

Does Your Daughter Want A Princess Wedding?
4/27/2011
            When my daughter was just a little girl she used to tell me that she wanted to grow up and get married to a prince and have a princess wedding.  I always thought that this was cute until all the hype started about the wedding of Prince William and Princess to be Kate. Then I realized what a nightmare a princess wedding would be and I would never want to traumatize my child or doom her wedding with such a glorious nightmare.
            Look at the glorious wedding of Prince Charles and Princess Diana.  This was a marriage that was doomed from the beginning.  From worldwide television coverage to a wedding gown with a twenty-five foot train and eleven train maidens to carry the train, to the wedding parade through London.  How was the marriage ever supposed to live up to that kind of standard.
            I hope that Kate and William have better luck that Charles and Diana.  I hope that Kate never ends up in a divorce from Prince William because we have all seen how that ended up and the controversy surrounding Diana’s death.
            Most of the weddings I have been to usually lasted around an hour for the reception and was followed by the wedding reception which usually lasts three to five hours.  None of those were Royal Weddings.  I can’t remember the last wedding that I went to that had more than one official videographer in attendance. I know that weddings usually have a timetable that is loosely adhered to, such as “We’re getting married at eleven so make sure you are there no later than ten fifty-five” but I do not remember any where there was a precise schedule that was ironclad, detailed and covered such a long time.
            The Royal Wedding schedule contains some items that I would never have thought to add. My schedule would be something like “wedding at eleven, doors open at ten-thirty, reception following”.  I mean what more do you need to know?  Wedding Royal Planners, though, have to earn their pay for the outrageous amount of money they charge.  So their schedule for an eleven o’clock wedding includes items such as “eight-fifteen to nine forty-five: the general congregation will arrive at the Great North Door of Westminster Abbey.  Now this presents two questions. First, what is so special about this door that makes it the GREAT North Door?  Second, are these people so snobbish that they think they are important enough to require people to be in their seats a minimum of one hour fifteen minutes before the wedding starts?  And these are the people considered to be the unimportant people, kind of like peons or non-essential government employees.  I know this because from nine fifty to ten fifteen is when the distinguished guests arrive.
            The bridegroom and best man (Prince Harry) leave Clarence House at ten ten and arrive at Westminster Abbey precisely at ten fifteen.  I sure hope they don’t have a flat tire on the way and that Prince Harry remembered to gas up the car the night before. 
            Then there is the pecking order for the families.  Mere members of the Royal Family arrive at ten twenty. The parents of the Bride arrive at ten twenty seven. The Duke of York, Princess Beatrice of York, Princess Eugenie of York, the Earl and Countess of Wessex and the Princess Royal and Vice Admiral Timothy Laurence arrive at ten forty.  The Prince of Wales and the Duchess of Cornwall arrive at ten forty-two. The Queen and Duke of Edinburgh arrive at ten forty five. The bridesmaids and Pages arrive at ten fifty-five and the Bride arrives at ten fifty-nine.  Talk about cutting it close.  At what time do they all get together to synchronize their watches?
            After the wedding is the carriage ride to Buckingham Palace for the reception.  Now for the important information that most of us will need to know.  At one twenty-five on Big Ben is when the Queen  and the Bride and Bridegroom will appear on the Balcony with their families for the purpose of giving us one of those famous hand waves.  This will be followed at one thirty with a Fly Past by the Royal Air Force and Battle of Britain Memorial Flight.
            Those invited to the Royal Wedding include a diverse group of people from around the world.  Nineteen hundred have been invited to the Royal Wedding.  The decisions on the invitations were made by the couple jointly along with members of their families. (Yes, you have to invite Aunt Bertha)  From the looks of the Official Guest List, they have invited the leader of every foreign country in the Western Hemisphere except for the President of the United States.  What does that say about their closest ally?  I have not found an invitation for anyone in the current administration.
            Then there are the members of the media.  I have heard about very little on the Today show for the last month.  It is like all news stopped a month ago because there is a wedding coming up.  Meredith Viera has been there two or three times for days on end.  She is there for a week before the wedding going over the preparations in gruesome detail and reporting on every little miniscule detail and then flourishing us with many other items that most of us could care less about.  Items such as what hat Meredith will wear to the wedding.  Who cares!
            I have to say that I received my invitation as a member of the media several months ago but I try to avoid weddings like the plague.  I think they are boring and would much rather be doing something more pleasant like pulling out my fingernails.  Even though this is the wedding to end all weddings I have many better things to waste my time on than contributing to the dooming of a marriage.
            I was, however, excited to find out that I was invited to this Royal Wedding, a spectacle to end all spectacles, the event of the century, the grandest party of a lifetime, while hearing that the President of the United States was not invited.  It is nice to know where you stand in the pecking order.
Doug Chambers is the Publisher of Greenwood Newspapers, Inc. which currently publishes four newspapers across central Indiana.  His column “Things That Trouble Me” is currently syndicated in newspapers throughout the Midwest. You can reach Doug via email at news@indychallenger.com.
© 2011, Greenwood Newspapers, Inc.
www.challengernewspapers.com

************************************************************************************************************************

Boy, Tantrum, Girl, Why?
4/20/2011
            It has long been known that when young children do not get their way they will often throw a tantrum         in an attempt to gain power over parents or guardians and get their way.  All parents know that there are two ways to react to a tantrum thrown by a child.  Number one is to give in to the child and give him/her what they want. Number two is to not give in to the child and be sure to understand that throwing a tantrum is the absolute barrier to them getting their way.
            Now most parents know that if number one is the method used, then the child has accomplished what they wanted and gained control over the parents.  This teaches them that if they do not agree with the parent, all they have to do is to throw a tantrum and the parents will give in.  Therefore, the child loses all respect for the parents, grows up resenting them and more often than not, ends up in trouble as a young adult because they have had no real guidance during their childhood.
            A few parents understand that number two is much more difficult to enforce but are willing to NOT take the easy way out and stand their ground.  This has a positive effect on the child and teaches them right from wrong and that there are consequences for their actions.  This also teaches the child to respect their parents and builds a long lasting relationship between parents and child that will keep them from entering a troubled life when they reach adulthood.
            There is a third way to handle your child that only a handful of parents throughout the world would ever use.  That is the relationship where the child absolutely rules the parents because the parents have no foresight into what they are doing or what their purpose in life is.  These are the parents that should be required to obtain a birthing license prior to being allowed to give birth to a child.  These are the parents that would probably flunk an IQ test miserably and their idea of street smarts would be a street that knew it was supposed to keep its asphalt under the wheels of a car. 
            I found one of these sets of parents recently in Australia.
            This is the story of a ten year old boy with a set of two parents who is simply ruined for life because of the decisions of his parents.  These parents apparently were not satisfied with the wonderful little boy given to them by God.  This father apparently did not look forward to playing catch with his firstborn son.  This mother apparently had no desire to cheer on her son at his first basketball game.
            Instead, they dressed this little boy, almost from birth as a girl.  They claim that they knew from the time he was born that he was a girl that God had stuck in a little boy’s body.  This little boys name is Jaime, probably because that is a gender neutral name that can be used when he is dressed as a boy or girl.
            At the hearty old age of eight years old, these parents allowed this young boy to start living as a girl, dressing in feminine clothing, using the girl’s toilet at school and “presenting as a very attractive girl with long, blonde hair.”
            After two years of living as a girl, these wonderful, supportive parents have decided that their cute little boy needs to permanently become a girl.  They have petition and won in the Australian Court system to allow Jaime to start drug therapy to stop male puberty and then to start the second stage of taking female hormones to feminize the body.  This, of course, will be followed by a sex change operation so that this cute little boy can lead a normal life as a woman when he grows up.
            WHO ARE YOU KIDDING!!!
            This child is going to grow up to lead anything but a normal life.  It is obvious to pretty much everyone that these parents got a little boy and didn’t want him so they operated on him to get the little girl that they wanted instead.  Gee. How much love does that show to the child.
            The court made this horrendous decision based on the testimony of the parents that felt like a freak and they wanted to stop the teasing and social isolation at school.  HELLO!!! Far be it from these parents to consider the fact that their child was considered a freak because the PARENTS were dressing their little boy as a girl and sending him to school.  This is sort of the Johnny Cash equivalent of naming your little boy Sue.  Far be it for these PARENTS to realize that the teasing and social isolation at school could be from the fact that THEY were turning their son into the freak they worried about.
            As if this was not enough, Jaime has a twin brother who now has to go to school and everywhere else announcing that “I have a sister”.  These are two kids that are going to grow up with serious mental problems.  They will be so screwed up for the rest of their lives and have only their parents to blame.
            Actually that is not quite true.  There is a judge out there that is to blame also.  This judge should have taken one look at this case and thrown the parents in jail.  She should have then put these children into a home where they could get some sort of normal, stable life.  This judge could have done something to possibly save these children instead of dooming them to a troubled life of trying to figure out who they are.
            Sometimes we wonder what happens to make children act out and do some of the appalling atrocities such as school shootings or killing each other.  I think that in this case, when these children grow a little and start getting into trouble, we know where to look.
Doug Chambers is the Publisher of Greenwood Newspapers, Inc. which currently publishes four newspapers across central Indiana.  His column “Things That Trouble Me” is currently syndicated in newspapers throughout the Midwest. You can reach Doug via email at news@indychallenger.com.
© 2011, Greenwood Newspapers, Inc.
www.challengernewspapers.com

************************************************************************************************************************

Who Can Trump Obama In 2012?
4/13/2011
            Who can Trump Obama is a question that we are all going to hear for the next year and a half until we are completely sick of it.  The political season for the 2012 Presidential election is just beginning and there are several hopefuls for the Republican Party nomination that are trying to convince party members to give them a chance to challenge President Obama as he runs for re-election.
            Potential Republican candidates include US Representative from Minnesota Michele Bachmann; Governor of Mississippi Haley Barbour; Former Ambassador to the United Nations John Bolton; Senator from Massachusetts Scott Brown; Former Governor of Florida Jeb Bush; Businessman Herman Cain; Governor of New Jersey Chris Christie; Indiana Governor Mitch Daniels; South Caroline Senator Jim DeMint; Former Speaker of the House Newt Gingrich; South Carolina Senator Lindsey Graham; Former Arkansas Governor Mike Huckabee; Louisiana Governor Bobby Jindal;  Former New Mexico Governor Gary Johnson; Gay Rights Activist Fred Karger; Virginia Governor Bob McDonnell; Flight Attendant Tom Miller;  Former Alaska Governor Sarah Palin; Texas Representative Ron Paul; Minnesota Governor Tim Pawlenty;  Indiana Representative Mike Pence; Army General David Petraeus; Former Massachusetts Governor Mitt Romney; Florida Senator Marco Rubio; Former Pennsylvania Senator Rick Santorum; South Dakota Senator John Thune; and Business Magnate Donald Trump.
            Potential Independent candidates include the Governor of Florida Charlie Crist and Mayor of New York City Mike Bloomberg along with Computer Technician Becky Rusher and American Citizen Tim Gay Sr.
The Libertarian Party is also looking at a candidacy by Entrepreneur Wayne Allen Root.
In my book that adds up to twenty-seven Republican candidates, four Independent candidates and one Libertarian candidate running against Barrack Obama and the Democratic Party.  It sure looks like there are a lot of people who want the current President out of office.
I would say that the Libertarian Party is pretty strong due to the fact that they have only one candidate running on a conservative platform.  There is no competition to divide the votes and I think more Americans are looking for something more conservative in these days of four dollar gasoline.  The downside for the Libertarian Party is that they have never really caught on and do not typically gather many votes.
On the Independent side of the ballot the strongest candidates are Charlie Crist and Mike Bloomberg.  The American citizen and the computer technician will not have the required funding to run a strong campaign and are unknown so will be unable to raise the needed funds.  Crist and Bloomberg have their own money to fund a campaign but not of the strength to battle the one billion dollars that Obama is expected to raise.
Of the twenty-seven potential candidates for the Republican Party, up until a couple of days ago, I would have said that the  seven strongest candidates would be Indiana Governor Mitch Daniels, Former Speaker of the House Newt Gingrich, Former Arkansas Governor Mike Huckabee, Former Alaska Governor Sarah Palin, Minnesota Governor Tim Pawlenty, Indiana Representative Mike Pence and Former Massachusetts Governor Mitt Romney.  But then I turned on the Today show on NBC and listened to an interview that, in my opinion, turned the Republican Party upside down. The interview was with a candidate that I would never have expected to run for President, would never have expected to vote for and would have thought that his candidacy would have been a publicity stunt and embarrassment to the Republican Party.
Then I heard him speak!  Yes, I heard “The Donald” Donald Trump tell the world on national television that he wants to go to President Obama and tell him “you’re fired”.
The interview with Trump was conducted by Meredith Vieira in the normal mainstream media fashion of constantly interrupting anyone who does not spout their liberal views but “The Donald” never let her get away with it.  He was firm in his views and cut her off every time she interrupted.
I heard this potential candidate talk about the respect that the rest of the world used to have for America and how we have now been turned into the laughingstock of the world in just three short years. 
I heard him talk about how we need someone with the audacity to stand up and tell the world that we (America) are back and we are as strong as ever and that we will not tolerate any more crap from terrorists or from other countries that support them.
I heard Trump explain how he could go to Afghanistan and build a road and build a school and then watch them be bombed and destroyed again but we could not go and build a school in New Orleans after a hurricane.
I heard him tell us that if he decides to run and is elected President that things are going to change, but this time they are going to change for the better.  I listened to him explain that foreign aid would be handled differently.  We would be sending aid to our country and its citizens first and if there was any left over, then we would look at aiding other countries if they were our friends and not trying to kill us.
I heard him talk about the correct way to fix the economy and that is by teaching our citizens how to work and earn a living instead of expecting the government to support them.  How we would quit throwing money at problems such as education and find the best solution for each problem and then fund that solution instead of the one the lobbyists are pushing.
I heard how he would tighten up the belt of the government and make it smaller and more efficient and start cutting our spending and live on a balanced budget that allows us to start paying off our debt instead of leaving it for our grandchildren to worry about.
I realize that this all sounds too good to be true but Donald Trump is a master at business spurring success at nearly everything he touches.  Even in dealing with his companies that have been through a bankruptcy, he has tightened the belt and steered each one of them out of bankruptcy and into a successful venture.  Since our country is bankrupt, both financially and morally, maybe Trump is just the shot in the arm that America needs.
Just perhaps Donald Trump is the one who can become the next Ronald Reagan and turn our country back into the powerhouse that it used to be.  Whether or not he is able to do so remains to be seen, but he appears to be better equipped that any other Republican, Democrat, Libertarian or Independent that has expressed a concern for trying.  For the time being, I say, “Donald Trump, YOU”RE HIRED”
Doug Chambers is the Publisher of Greenwood Newspapers, Inc. which currently publishes four newspapers across central Indiana.  His column “Things That Trouble Me” is currently syndicated in newspapers throughout the Midwest. You can reach Doug via email at news@indychallenger.com.
© 2011, Greenwood Newspapers, Inc.
www.challengernewspapers.com

************************************************************************************************************************

I Agree With The President
4/06/2011
            I heard a news story the other day that President Obama had made the statement that he had ordered the United States Immigration Service to only arrest certain persons that were crossing the Mexican border without proper documentation.  His point was that he only wanted border agents to arrest those who were criminals and allow those who were not to enter the United States.
            I have to say that there have not been many issues that I have agreed with President Obama on but this is definitely one that I agree with.          
            I am not now nor have I ever been an advocate of keeping ALL Mexicans out of the United States.  My entire belief is that we should only keep out the ones who are criminals.  It is encouraging to finally find something that I agree with the President on.
            Allowing the criminals to cross over into America presents numerous problems in our country.  Of course, there are the obvious problems, such as them bringing the murderous drug cartel traffic onto this side of the border and starting their nonsensical killing of innocent people who are in the wrong place at the time they are making an illegal drug deal.
            Since criminals do not report their income from illegal sources, we can then expect them to apply for all sorts of government assistance even though they probably make more money than most Americans.  It is just common knowledge that criminals do not pay for something legitimately when there is a way they can steal it.  That will include, of course, getting free medical care, free educations for their children, including free school lunches, free welfare payments that are given out by the government to those who do not wish to work and food stamps for free groceries.
            It is nice to know that the criminals who are already here have the backing of the federal government, which is redistributing our wealth and taking the hard earned money from those who work for it and giving it to non-citizen Mexican criminals.  I know that if I had a say-so in the matter, I would not want my tax dollars going to support criminals from other nations of the world.
            I guess the only concern that I have with this policy of the Obama administration is where they are getting their definition of the word criminal.  You see, a criminal is defined as a person who commits an act that is in violation of a federal, state or local law.  Since there is a federal law that says it is illegal to cross any border into the United States without going through the customs and immigration process and providing the proper and legal documentation and identification papers, this means that every person that crosses the United States border illegally is committing a crime and is therefore a criminal.  So President Obama’s statement that we should only arrest the criminals that cross the border illegally is correct.  That also means that the United States Immigration Service should be arresting EVERY alien that crosses the border illegally because they are criminals.
            The problem with the Obama administration is that the President does not want to stop the illegal aliens from crossing the border because, according to his numbers, there are thirteen million illegal aliens in this country already and he would like to give them amnesty and make them citizens.  You ask, “Why would our President want to make a bunch of criminals legal citizens”.  Well the answer to that question is very simple.  If he can get them amnesty and turned into citizens in the next twelve or thirteen months, then they would be eligible to vote for him for re-election.   What politician in his right mind would not want to be guaranteed thirteen million votes? 
The fact that he would have to make thirteen criminals into legal citizens as a reward for breaking the law is of no consequence to him.  After all, we are talking about the citizen of Kenya, Africa that broke several laws and completed a very successful cover-up concerning his birth certificate, in order to become President.  We are talking about a man and his wife that both agreed to give up their license to practice law in order to avoid prosecution for breaking laws while using those licenses.  We are talking about a man who claims to have gone to college under a fraudulent name to receive a degree and still, no one has been found who ever saw him on campus or in a class.  We are talking about a man who has a lot in common with these Mexican criminals.  And you know what they say about the criminal brotherhood, they all stick together until they get caught.
In order for a system of laws to be worthwhile and mean something, they must be enforced and they must be enforced EQUALLY.  This means that anyone crossing the border illegally is a criminal and should be arrested, prosecuted and returned to their country.  It does not matter if they are a member of a drug cartel or someone looking for a better life because a criminal is a criminal.  If they are looking for a better life, then they should go to the immigration service and apply for a visa in order to enter this country in a legal manner.
            I know that in the past, President Obama has made the statement that. “I think that it is illegal to make illegals illegal” While in some form this statement doesn’t seem to make sense, it is really a sad look at the brain function of our President. I believe he really thinks this way and does not even realize that not only is this statement not true but we do not have to make illegals illegal because they are already illegal.  You can call them undocumented guest workers all you want but they are still criminals.
When you add that statement to the mentality that it is against the law to make a law enforcing the law, it really explains a lot with this administration.  You do not need to pass a law to enforce the law.  The laws are already on the books to enforce the laws.  All we need is to find a President that is willing to take a stand and enforce the laws instead of letting all the criminals go free. 
We have an election coming next year in November of 2012.  Let’s see if the American people can come together and forget political parties and find a President that will enforce ALL of the laws EQUALLY against ALL criminals.  That would be the very best election ever for this country.
Remember in November 2012.  We Vote!!!
Doug Chambers is the Publisher of Greenwood Newspapers, Inc. which currently publishes four newspapers across central Indiana.  His column “Things That Trouble Me” is currently syndicated in newspapers throughout the Midwest. You can reach Doug via email at news@indychallenger.com.
© 2011, Greenwood Newspapers, Inc.
www.challengernewspapers.com

************************************************************************************************************************

 

Hit Counter

 

 

Send mail to news@indychallenger.com with questions or comments about this web site.
Copyright 2010 Challenger Newspapers
Last modified: 01/26/11